Alaska School Activities Association (ASAA)

The object of this Association is to promote and control interscholastic activities and other interschool contests or programs sanctioned by the Association and to assist in the promotion of those other activities and interests as it may from time to time to elect.

The ASAA Board of Directors has established the Alaska High School Hall of Fame to identify and honor in a permanent manner those individuals who have exhibited high ethical standards and integrity while achieving excellence in high school athletics and activities in the State of Alaska, and others who have distinguished themselves by virtue of exemplary contributions to the advancement of high school interscholastic athletics and activities in the state.

OPERATION DEFINITION Section 1 - Organization and Terms of Members A. The administration of the Association is vested in the Board of Directors composed of representatives elected by the member schools of each regional association and one representative each from the Alaska Association of School Boards and the Alaska Association of School Administrators. Each selected member of the Board of Directors shall have one vote. The Alaska Association of Student Governments (1978) is invited to appoint one non-voting ex-of fi cio representative to the Board with terms not to exceed two years. Requests for additional ex-of fi cio membership on the Board of Directors must be approved by the Board and member schools. B. The term of of fi ce expires December 31. Section 2 - Dates of Election and Replacements Members of the Board of Directors shall be elected by December 1st of the year in which the term for the regional representative expires. A person may not serve more than six consecutive years. The Board of Directors will certify new Board members. If an incumbent ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors because of death, resignation, incapacity, change of a member school’s or organization’s designation of its Board representative, or because of moving out of the region in which elected, the member schools of the regional association or the governing body of any other association with a representative on the Board of Directors shall elect or appoint a replacement to serve on the Board of Directors for the remainder of the term. Section 3 - Alternate Regional Representative A regional association, the Alaska Association of School Boards, the Alaska Association of School Administrators, and the Alaska Association of Student Governments may elect an alternate member to sit on the Board of Directors in place of the regular member for only the following instances: weather and transportation problems, medical illness, or other excusable and acceptable reasons as approved by the majority of the other members of the Board of Directors. Section 4 - Meetings The Board of Directors shall meet not less than four times annually. It may otherwise convene upon the call of the president or upon the request of a majority of the Board of Directors, the call to be issued by the Executive Director. The membership will be informed of the meetings in a timely manner. Board members may attend and vote at the Board of Directors meetings, including its meetings as an appeals board, by teleconference. Meetings will be conducted according to the new Robert’s Rules of Order. Section 5 - Of fi cers of the Association The of fi cers of the Association are a president, vice-president, and a secretary/treasurer. The president and vice-president shall be elected from among the members of the Board of Directors, each to be 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 17 elected annually for a term of one year. No one individual may serve as president for a period longer than a total of fi ve years. If the of fi ces of either the president or the vice-president become vacant because of death, resignation, or other emergency, it shall be fi lled for the remainder of the term by election by the Board of Directors at its next meeting. Section 6 - Secretary/Treasurer The secretary/treasurer is the Executive Director and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The duties and functions of the secretary/treasurer are the responsibilities of the Executive Director. Section 7 - Association Funds To the extent applicable, the secretary/treasurer shall comply with accepted fi scal procedures. The secretary/treasurer shall, under the supervision of the Board of Directors, have charge of funds of the Association. The secretary/treasurer shall make complete fi nancial statements to the Association members at the time of the fall meeting. The accounts shall be audited at least annually and the cost of the audit will be paid by the Association. The fi nancial year for the Association shall be August 1 to July 31. Section 8 - De fi nitions in these Bylaws A. “Student,” whether in the singular or plural, means: 1. Students enrolled in grades 9-12 attending a public school district’s brick and mortar member schools and those enrolled in a public school district’s non-member charter schools, alternative schools or programs (including district correspondence programs); 2. Students in grades 9-12 attending an alternative education program, as de fi ned in this section; 3. Students enrolled in grades 9-12 in a member private or religious school and those enrolled in a correspondence program administered by such private or religious school, and 4. Students enrolled in a junior high school or middle school which becomes a member of the Junior High /Middle School Division of the Association, pursuant to Article 17 Section 1, provided, however, that the only eligibility and participation rules of these bylaws applicable to such students are those contained in Articles 16 and 17. B. “Alternative Education Program”: The Association adopts the statutory de fi nition, in AS 14.30.365 (c) (1), of “alternative education program” as a public secondary school that provides a nontraditional education program, including the Alaska Military Youth Academy; a public vocational, remedial or theme- based program; a home school program that is accredited, as de fi ned in this section; a charter school authorized under AS 14.03.250-14.03.290; and a statewide correspondence school that enrolls students that reside outside of the district in which the student resides and provides less than 3 hours a week of scheduled face-to-face student interactions in the same location with a teacher who is certi fi ed under AS14.20.020. C. “Accredited”: For purposes of determining whether a home school program is "accredited" such as to qualify as an alternative education program herein, the State Department of Education and Early Development (DEED) has identi fi ed Cognia as the sole recognized body to accredit home school programs that have standards similar to Alaska’s standards; the Association shall regard as "accredited" those home school programs that have been accredited by Cognia. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 18

Section 1 - Quali fi cation of Athletic Coaches A. The Board of Directors has adopted the Alaska Coaches Education Program for all high school level athletic coaches who have direct supervision of students. This may include head coaches and assistant coaches at all levels, as well as non paid coaches and coaches of out-sourced programs. The Coach of any team representing a member school in interscholastic athletic competition must have successfully completed the Alaska Coaches Education Program. B. The Program consists of Six Components 1. Fundamentals of Coaching: NFHS course. 2. Alaska State Component: (ASAA Policy and Procedures) Is included in the NFHS Fundamentals of Coaching Course or can be taken independently. 3. First Aid Requirement: Maintain a current certi fi cation in First Aid. The NFHSlearn First Aid Health & Safety course is valid for three years. 4. Concussion Awareness Training: The requirement to maintain current knowledge in concussion management is mandated by Alaska State Law. It is achieved only by successful completion of the current “NFHSlearn Concussion Course”. It is valid for three years. 5. Sudden Cardiac Arrest Training: It is achieved only by successful completion of the current “NFHSlearn Sudden Cardiac Arrest” course. It is valid for three years. 6. Protecting Students From Abuse: It is achieved by successful completion of the current “NFHSlearn Protecting Students from Abuse” course. It is valid for three years. 7. In addition to the above courses, coaches of Uni fi ed Sports programs must have successfully completed the NFHSLearn Uni fi ed Sports course. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 40 NOTE: For information on speci fi c requirements go to http://asaa.org/coaches/coaches-education/ C. School Request for Waiver of Alaska Coaches Education Program: If requested by a school principal or superintendent, the Executive Director may grant to a coach, on a one-time only basis, a waiver of the certi fi cation requirement for the remainder of that sport season on a case-by-case basis. The waiver is good only until the completion of the current sport season and will not be granted without the successful completion of the NFHSlearn Concussion in Sport and Sudden Cardiac Arrest courses. D. Equivalency for the Alaska Coaches Education Program: Coaches who believe they have completed an equivalent certi fi cation program for Fundamentals of Coaching, First Aid or Protecting Students From Abuse may submit that program directly to ASAA for review in order to determine whether that alternate program may be substituted. When an alternate program is approved for Fundamentals the coach will still be required to successfully complete the Alaska State Component. E. Administrative Responsibility: The principal or designee at each member school or district shall ensure that the requirements in Article 10 Section 1.A, 1.B and 1.C are met for each coach. Section 2 - Quali fi cation of Advisors and Volunteers A. A volunteer is an individual that works with a school’s athletic team in the same manner as a coach but is never in direct supervision of students and is not compensated. B. An Advisor is an individual that works in a school’s activity program and has direct supervision of students. C. Volunteers and Advisors must complete the following courses: 1. Concussion Awareness Training: It is achieved only by successful completion of the current NFHSLearn Concussion Course. It is valid for three years. 2. Sudden Cardiac Arrest Training: It is achieved only by successful completion of the current NFHSLearn Sudden Cardiac Arrest Course It is valid for three years. 3. Protecting Students From Abuse: It is achieved by successful completion of the current “NFHSlearn Protecting Students from Abuse” course. It is valid for three years. 4. In addition to the above courses, coaches of Uni fi ed Sports programs must have successfully completed the NFHSLearn Uni fi ed Sports course. Section 3 - Reporting of Coaches A. The principal or designee of each member school or district shall annually report the names of all head coaches and assistant coaches at all levels, non-paid coaches, coaches of out-sourced programs, advisors and volunteers. The individual and their position must be reported within two weeks of the beginning of their respective season using the School Activities Reporting System (SARS). The principal or designee must ensure that the individual has the certi fi cations required under this article or have a current approved waiver of the Coaches Certi fi cation rule. B. Only coaches/advisors/volunteers meeting these requirements and listed on the SARS will be eligible for a Coach’s Pass at any ASAA State Championship event. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 41 Section 4 - Penalty The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may be assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. 1. Non-Compliance with Section 1 and 2: School receives a warning and a fi ne of $105 per coach/ advisor/volunteer. 2. Failure to report coaches/advisors/volunteers as speci fi ed in Section 3: School receives a warning and a fi ne of $105 per activity.

Section 1 - Medical Examination A student-athlete may not be permitted to participate in a practice session or in any athletic event (including ri fl e and cheer) until there is on fi le, with the superintendent or principal, a statement, signed by a practicing physician, advanced nurse practitioner, physician’s assistant, doctor of chiropractic or a military medical examiner, and the student’s parents or legal guardians, certifying that he or she has submitted to a history and physical examination within the prior 18 months. The statement must certify that, in the opinion of the examiner, the student is physically fi t to participate in strenuous physical activities. Penalty: A student who practices or participates with-out a physical exam in violation of this rule will be considered to be an ineligible student. A school who permits a student to practice or participate without a physical exam will be penalized under Article 12, Section 1. Section 2 - Parental Permission Prior to each year of interscholastic athletic participation, a student shall furnish a statement, signed by the student and the student’s parent (or other person with whom the student has resided for a period of time approved by the Association) which, in compliance with the Health Insurance Portability Accountability Act (HIPAA) and regulations thereunder, authorizes release to the school in which the student is enrolled or in which the student is participating in interscholastic activities pursuant to the student’s alternative education program, of the student’s medical history and physical examination described herein, disclosure of information which may be made to administrators, the athletic director, the athletic trainer and the coaches of any activity in which the student is to participate. Submission of ASAA’s Authorization to Release Medical Information Relating to Student Health/Review Exam form will satisfy this requirement. Section 3 - Wrestling Weight Rule The National Federation Wrestling Rule Book, with some revisions to the weight control program, is followed with respect to student wrestling participants. A. A wrestler must have his/her certi fi ed minimum weight determined within 60 calendar days prior to the fi rst competition of the season. This determination must be in writing and signed by a person authorized to sign the initial medical exam form and/or the medical history review form and the student’s parent. No wrestler may be certi fi ed at a lower minimum weight during the season. These minimum weights must be an integral part of the eligibility roster. A student starting wrestling after the start of the season must have 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 42 his/her minimum weight determined before his or her fi rst competition. A student deemed to be ineligible, and the member school which permitted the student to participate, under the rules set forth in this article will be subject to the following penalty. B. Penalty: These penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may be assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. Wrestling Minimum Weight Violation: 1. First Offense: In any meet in which the student competed in violation of this rule, the student will forfeit his or her match and the team score will be disallowed, resulting in the school forfeiting the entire meet. Records earned by other members of the team will stand. The school will be placed on probation. 2. Second Offense: In any meet in which the student competed in violation of this rule, the student will forfeit his or her match and the team score will be disallowed, resulting in the school forfeiting the entire meet. Records earned by other members of the team will stand. The school will be placed on probation/suspension and will receive a fi ne of $200 minimum. Section 4 - Concussion Management Schools and districts have a responsibility under House Bill 15 and Senate Bill 119 to develop a Concussion Policy. It must include awareness and education for student athletes, coaches and parents, and return to play and cognition protocols. Recommended policies can be found within the Sports Medicine section and forms can be found with the handbook section of ASAA’s website.

Section 1 - Planning Guidelines The Board of Directors will ensure that each athletic and activity state-culminating event has prescribed procedures and guidelines regarding operation, budget and awards. It is the responsibility of the ASAA staff and host site tournament director(s) to carry out these guidelines. Section 2 - Awards The Board of Directors approves all state tournament awards for distribution. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 59 Section 3 - Sanctioned State Level Competition The Board of Directors may sanction state level competition when four or more regions have participating teams or individuals in that event. In addition, the Board may also sanction state level competition when participating regions or schools comprise at least 60% of the enrollment in member schools throughout the state. In addition, in interscholastic competition that is limited to 1A-2A schools, the Board may sanction state level competition when a signi fi cant number of 1A-2A member schools participate in the activity. This competition should be held at a location that has the facility, of fi cials, support necessities and fi nancial capability to operate a successful tournament.

ACTIVITIES NOTE ABOUT ARTICLE 16: ASAA does not currently govern middle or junior high Schools. Should ASAA decide to do so in the future, the following guidelines would be used. Section 1 - Guidelines for Administration To ensure that interscholastic competition will make its maximum contribution to the development of junior high/middle school pupils, it is necessary that the administration of this program be under the jurisdiction of school of fi cials and be carefully supervised by competent and professionally prepared personnel. The organization of interscholastic programs should be based upon the following principles: A. The Administrative Head must accept full responsibility for the proper organization, administration and supervision of interscholastic programs as a part of the total educational program. B. The interscholastic athletic program in the junior high/middle school should supplement, rather than serve as a substitute for, a broad and comprehensive program of physical education and intramural activities for all students. C. The junior high/middle school interscholastic program should be considered as a necessary enrichment program for those who excel and will bene fi t from additional experience above and beyond the required physical education, classroom and intramural programs. D. The interscholastic program must be developed according to the needs and abilities of the age level of junior high/middle school youth. There should be particular emphasis placed on the health, safety and personal well-being of the participant with additional consideration given to the development of good sportsmanship, character and citizenship characteristics. E. In certain sports it is recommended that serious consideration be given to equalizing competition by some method of classi fi cation which will take into consideration individual differences of pupils participating. F. Whenever feasible, school systems should operate a self-contained junior high/middle school interscholastic athletic and activities program rather than schedule distant schools outside of the immediate area. G. A wide variety of activities should be included in the junior high/middle school interscholastic program and an effort should be made to encourage all pupils to participate. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 60 H. Written policies should be developed at the local level outlining sound administrative practices which will implement state rules and regulations regarding the junior high/middle school interscholastic program. I. Students attending alternative education programs are not eligible to participate in junior high/middle school activities, unless authorized to do so by individual public schools or school districts, or by private or religious schools.

NOTE ABOUT ARTICLE 17: ASAA does not currently govern middle or junior high Schools. Should ASAA decide to do so in the future, the following guidelines would be used. Section 1 - School Membership Requirements A. Eligibility: Schools which include grades seven (7), eight (8), and nine (9), or any combination of these grades are eligible to apply for membership in the Junior High/Middle School Division of the Alaska School Activities Association. B. Application for Membership: A school shall become a member when its Board of Education has authorized membership by resolution and when the Superintendent and Principal have signed the prescribed membership blank and fi led with the ASAA Executive Director. Junior High/Middle School membership blanks should be fi lled out, signed and returned to the Association of fi ce before October 1 of each school year, along with membership dues (as listed on page 6 of the Constitution and Bylaws). C. Student Participation: Pupils below the seventh (7) grade shall not be permitted to compete on any Junior High/Middle School interscholastic athletic team. D. Students Under Same Administrative Head: All students on Junior High/Middle School athletic teams must be enrolled in the same school and be under the supervision of the same administrative head who shall be held ultimately responsible in all matters pertaining to interscholastic athletic activities involving his/her school. E. Rule Books: The National Federation rule books, as adjusted for Junior High Schools, will be the of fi cial rule books in wrestling, basketball, track & fi eld, and cross country, swimming and volleyball. F. Competition: Member schools may play non-member schools which have rules at least as stringent as these Association rules. Section 2 - Student Eligibility Requirements A. Student in Good Standing: To be eligible to participate in the Junior High/Middle School interscholastic activities program, a student must be currently enrolled as an of fi cial student of the school and must be in good standing. Such criteria that would tend to deny a student his/her place in the classroom would also be the same criteria that deny him/her the opportunity to participate in the interscholastic activities. B. Required Practice: A student must participate in ten practice sessions extending over ten school days before he or she may participate in any interscholastic competition. If a student has been participating in another school sport and joins the team late because of overlapping seasons, then he/she must participate in at least fi ve practice sessions. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 61 C. Dual Participation: A student may participate in like sports on teams outside the school (i.e. dual participation) where the number of contests of the school team is less than eleven (11). D. Age Limit: The student is ineligible to enter interscholastic competition if his or her 16th birthday occurs prior to August 1 of the school year. E. Citizenship and Grades: The principal shall have the authority to declare a student ineligible for participation in Association activities based on poor citizenship. It shall be the responsibility of each individual Junior High/Middle School or league to determine whether grade eligibility rules are appropriate. F. Physical Examination and Parent Consent: (Same as high School rule see Constitution and Bylaws, Article 11.

Section 1 - Suspension In the event of declared Federal or State Emergencies or similar life-threatening occurrences, these Bylaws may be suspended for a de fi ned period of time based on the emergency which period of time will be decided by the Executive Director. The suspension of Bylaws shall be approved by a simple majority vote of the Board of Directors or, where circumstances require, the suspension of Bylaws shall be rati fi ed by a simple majority vote of the Board of Directors. Bylaws updated 6/30/26 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 62 BYLAWS OF THE ALASKA HIGH SCHOOL HALL OF FAME

Section 1 - Member Schools Each participating school for which a member school district has paid dues is a “member school” as that term is used in these Bylaws. This may include statewide correspondence schools. NOTE: See Application for Membership Form in the Table of Contents. Applications for membership from non-member schools must be received by ASAA prior to the Fall meeting of the Board of Directors, when those schools wish to engage in athletic competition during that respective school year. Section 2 - Scale of Dues A. Annual Association membership dues and student surcharges for school districts and private and religious schools shall be determined as the sum of the dues for each participating member school based on the actual enrollment in grades 9-12 shown on the Department of Education and Early Development fi rst student count report for the prior school year for each school. For schools other than public schools, dues shall be based on the actual enrollment at the beginning of the present or prior school year, whichever is greater. B. Based on enrollment in grades 9-12, school dues are as follows: • 1-100. . . . . . . $250 • 101-500. . . . . $500 • 501-1,000 . . . $950 • 1,001-up . . . . $1,400 In addition to school dues, a surcharge of $10.00 per student is levied. C. Alternative education program students who participate in a member school’s interscholastic activity program under AS 14.30.365 will be added to the school’s enrollment to determine school dues, beginning in 2014-15. Section 3 - Date of Payment ASAA will invoice for school dues August 1 for the current school year. Unpaid school dues are delinquent October 1. School Districts whose member schools are delinquent in paying the dues will be charged a penalty of $250 per invoice after October 15. Section 4 - New Member Schools New member schools will not be assessed the penalty for the fi rst year of membership.

Number of Pitches Days of Required Rest 1-30 0 31-55 1 56-80 2 81-105 3 106-120 4 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 106 Mandatory one day rest (or more if the second day pitch count dictates) for any pitcher that pitches two consecutive days. A pitcher will rest one day even if they pitched less than 30 pitches during each of the previous  two days. Once a pitcher reaches the maximum allowable pitch count at any level, they may not continue pitching in the current at-bat, as any additional pitches thrown will continue to count toward the pitch total. NOTE:  The exception permitting a pitcher to fi nish an at-bat applies only when the pitcher reaches the 100/120 pitch maximum. NOTE: Violation of this policy will be considered having played an ineligible student (See Article 12 Section 1) 3. ASAA Supplemental Rules a. Teams in the same conference when playing non-league standing games, may use a two-hour time limit, with no innings beginning after 120 minutes from the fi rst pitch. b. Mercy Rule : The game shall end when; the visiting team is behind 10 or more runs after 4.5 innings; or after the 5th inning if either team is 10 runs behind and have had an equal number of times at bat. In addition, during the regular season, if a team goes up by 15 or more runs after one full inning, the team with the lead will be declared the winner. At that point, the remainder of the game will go into “rollover” mode until after 4.5 innings when the game is terminated. In the rollover mode, both teams will pitch to no more than 9 batters per inning. The of fi cial score will be the score at the point in time the “rollover” mode went into effect. Statistics during the rollover mode will count. c. Called Game : When a non-league or league game is called by an umpire before the completion of the required number of innings, the game is declared a “no game”. The game can be replayed and the pitching rule shall apply. d. Suspended Game : A game called for any reason by an umpire after the required number of innings, where a winner cannot be determined (i.e. home team is behind and has not batted, or score is tied) will be treated as a suspended game. The game shall be continued from the point of suspension at a later time. The lineup and batting order of each team will remain exactly the same at moment of suspension. If a winner can be determined (both teams have equal at bats or home team is ahead) the team that is ahead will be considered the winner. If the game ends in a tie and the suspended game cannot be completed because of scheduling con fl icts, the game is considered a tie game. At the state championships onsite ASAA staff and the Tournament Director shall determine when a suspended game will be completed. e. Speed Up : The courtesy runner speed-up rules may be adopted by leagues or districts for use during the regular season. In interleague and/or interdistrict competition, both teams must agree to allow the speed up rule before it may be used. Courtesy runner speed-up rules will be used in the state championship tournament. The following is a speed-up rule summary: • The team at bat may use courtesy runners for the pitcher and catcher as soon as they get on base. The same runner may not be used for both positions. Neither the pitcher nor catcher will be required to leave the game under such circumstances. • Players who have participated in the game in any other capacity are ineligible as courtesy runners. • A player may not run as a courtesy runner for the pitcher or catcher and then as a runner or batter for another player in that inning. • For illegal substitution of a courtesy runner, such substitution shall be disquali fi ed for the duration of the game. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 107 E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences (See Baseball Conferences). Conferences are responsible for setting their own bylaws and policies. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. (i.e. State quali fi ers, tournament results, fi nal seeds) F. MAXIMUM GAMES A team may play 22 regular season games exclusive of conference or state championships. Additional games may be played under the Endowment Game guidelines. G. ENDOWMENT GAMES ASAA encourages each school’s team sports to play Endowment Games during the season above and beyond the 22 game/match limit. Additional Endowment Games may be played each season. (Article 7 Section 9) School teams may play Endowment Games at any time during the regular season, beginning with the date of the fi rst contest and extending to the start of the conference tournament. Endowment Games do count in a team’s overall season record for at large and seeding purposes. Schools wishing to host Endowment Games must apply in writing to ASAA by submitting the “Endowment Game Application Form” no later than one week prior to the game. Under no circumstances may an Endowment Game be played until this form has been signed by ASAA and returned to the participating schools. ASAA will invoice the responsible school $100 for each game. H. JAMBOREE REGULATIONS All players must have fi ve (5) separate days of practice prior to the fi rst day of the Jamboree. It shall include three (3) or more teams. A team is limited to no more than six (6) innings total with no more than two (2) innings against any other team. A team may only play in one jamboree each season. The pitch count rules are in affect. A jamboree does not count as a game against the 22 game limit. I. INDIVIDUAL PARTICIPATION LIMITS A student participating in DI baseball shall be limited to 10 innings of play in one day when participating at different levels (e.g., varsity and junior varsity) on the same day. This limitation shall not apply to courtesy runners, extra innings or teams opting up. NOTE : Violation of this policy will be considered having played an ineligible student (See Article 12 Section 1) J. REPORTING SCHEDULES & RESULTS 1. A school coach, administrator or of fi cial team representative must create an account at the MaxPreps.com website and submit their varsity level team schedules. This must be done by the fi rst day of practice. This applies to all classi fi cations. 2. All scores must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website from the previous week by the following Tuesday 7:00 PM during the regular season. 3. All scores from the conference tournament must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website by Sunday, 8:00 AM. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 108 4. Schools failing to meet these mandates will be given a warning for the fi rst offense, fi ned $200 for the second offense. K. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP 1. DATE June 3 - 5, 2027 2. SITE & HOST D I – Mulcahy Stadium, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA and American Legion D II – ??, Fairbanks Hosted by ASAA and ?? 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT a. Type Elimination The DI tournament is an eight-team single elimination, consolation bracket. The DII tournament is a four-team single elimination, consolation bracket. b. Championship Schedule A detailed schedule and bracket will be available online on the Baseball State Information page. c. Conference Berths (See Baseball Conferences) d. Division I Bracket Rotations: 2027 2028 Cook Inlet #1 vs. Northern Lights #2 Southeast #1 vs. Cook Inlet #2 Southeast #1 vs. At-Large or (CI3)* Northern Lights #1 vs. At-Large or (CI3)* Mid-Alaska #1 vs. Cook Inlet #3 (AL)* Mid Alaska #1 vs. Northern Lights #2 Northern Lights #1 vs. Cook Inlet #2 Cook Inlet #1 vs. Cook Inlet #3 (AL)* * The placement of the at-large team will be made to try and avoid playing a conference opponent in the fi rst round e. Division I At-Large - DI will utilize a committee to select the At-Large berth recipient. The committee will be made up of an individual from the Cook Inlet, Mid Alaska, Railbelt and Southeast conferences along with two ASAA staff members. f. Division II Bracket - Aurora Coastal #1 plays Northern Lights #2, Northern Light #1 plays Aurora Coastal #2, winners play for the championship, losers play for 3rd g. Tie Breaker Consolation games played on Saturday that are tied at the end of regulation will not go into extra innings, and no winner will be declared. 4. STATE ROSTERS Game Rosters may not exceed 18 players, but may vary from game to game, provided all players are listed on the of fi cial tournament roster. (See Article 7 Section 10 and State Championship Roster Policy). 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 109 5. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining baseball championship information (i.e. roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Baseball State Information webpage. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 6. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the baseball coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 7. AWARDS a. First and second place trophies b. 20 individual medallions for players, coaches, managers, of the fi rst and second place teams c. Team Sportsmanship Award d. Academic Award e. 12 All-Tournament Team medallions awarded for outstanding tournament play, regardless of player position on the fi eld. f. Player of the game awarded to one player from each team each game g. Two Good Sport Team Members Per Team Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 110 BASEBALL CONFERENCES DIVISION I (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Cook Inlet (3) Mid-Alaska (1) Northern Lights (2) Southeast (1) Bartlett Lathrop Colony Juneau-Douglas Bettye Davis East North Pole Palmer Ketchikan Chugiak West Valley Soldotna Sitka Dimond Wasilla Eagle River Service South Anchorage West Anchorage At-Large Berth (1) DIVISION II (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Aurora Coastal (2) South Central (2) Delta Junction Grace Christian Hutchison Homer Monroe Catholic Houston Petersburg Kenai Central Kodiak Redington NOTE: In the event either DII conference has less than three teams complete the regular season, then the conference’s second berth will become an At-Large berth. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 111 BASKETBALL ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation on girls’ teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON 2026-2027 SEASON December 2, 2026 - First Practice December 17, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). March 6, 2027 Last Contest (Regular Season / Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school basketball teams while they are members of a school basketball team. D. RULES 1. National Federation of High School (NFHS) Basketball rules apply. 2. ASAA Mercy Rule: Upon reaching a 40 or more point differential any time during the game, a running clock will be used. Once begun, the running clock will be stopped only for team, of fi cial, or injury time outs, and for technical fouls. 3. All games involving two 4A schools are required to utilize a 35-second shot clock, with the ASAA adopted rules. Shot-Clock Rules In addition, a 35-second shot-clock may be used during regular season tournaments or by mutual consent. NOTE: For mutual consent • The agreement to use a shot clock must be made in writing at the time the game is scheduled • The written consent should be retained by both schools and provided to the game of fi cials prior to the contest • If written consent is provided the game shall be administered under the same shot-clock rules required for 4A contests • If no written consent exists the game will be played under standard NFHS timing rules without the use of a shot-clock, even if equipment is available 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 112 E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences (See Basketball Conferences). Conferences are responsible for setting their own bylaws and policies. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. (i.e. State quali fi ers, tournament results, fi nal seeds) F. MAXIMUM GAMES A team may play 22 regular season games or 19 games and one invitational tournament of three or more games, exclusive of conference or state championships. Additional games may be played under the Endowment Game guidelines. G. ENDOWMENT GAMES ASAA encourages each school’s team sports to play Endowment Games during the season above and beyond the 22 game/match limit. Additional Endowment Games may be played each season. (Article 7 Section 9) School teams may play Endowment Games at any time during the regular season, beginning with the date of the fi rst contest and extending to the start of the conference tournament. Endowment Games do count in a team’s overall season record for at large and seeding purposes. Schools wishing to host Endowment Games must apply in writing to ASAA by submitting the “Endowment Game Application Form” no later than one week prior to the game. Under no circumstances may an Endowment Game be played until this form has been signed by ASAA and returned to the participating schools. ASAA will invoice the responsible school $100 for each game. H. JAMBOREE REGULATIONS All players must have fi ve (5) separate days of practice prior to the fi rst day of the Jamboree. Total Time against all teams during one day cannot exceed thirty (30) minutes and six (6) minutes against each team. A team may play in only one jamboree each season. A jamboree does not count as a game against the 22-game limit. I. INDIVIDUAL PARTICIPATION LIMITATION When playing at two different levels (i.e. varsity and jv) players are limited to 6 periods of play per day exclusive of invitational, conference and state tournaments. When playing at the same level, there must be a two-hour time lapse between the end of one game and the beginning of the next game. The maximum amount of games a player may participate in a given day is three. J. REPORTING SCHEDULES & RESULTS 1. A school coach, administrator or of fi cial team representative must create an account at the MaxPreps.com website and submit their varsity level team schedules. This must be done by the fi rst day of practice. This applies to all classi fi cations. 2. All scores must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website from the previous week by the following Tuesday 7:00 PM during the regular season. 3. All scores from the conference tournament must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website by Sunday, 8:00 AM. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 113 4. Schools failing to meet these mandates will be given a warning for the fi rst offense, fi ned $200 for the second offense. K. STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. DATES • 1A Classi fi cation – March 10 - 13, 2027 • 2A Classi fi cation – March 11 - 13, 2027 • 3A & 4A Classi fi cations – March 17 - 20, 2027 2. SITE & HOST Alaska Airlines Center, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA, UAA and ASD 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT a. Number Of Teams 1A Classi fi cation conducts a 16-team tournament and 2A/3A/4A classi fi cations conduct an eight- team tournament for both basketball and girls’ basketball. b. Type of Elimination All the tournaments are a single elimination, consolation bracket. c. Championship Schedule A detailed schedule and bracket will be available online at the Basketball State Information page. d. Conference Berths (See Basketball Conferences) e. At-Large 4A at-large will be determined by the adopted RPI formula. f. Bracketing 3A/4A - Seeding will be determined by the RPI formula. 1A/2A - will be seeded by an ASAA Seeding Committee composed of representatives from Regions 1, 2 and 5. 4. STATE ROSTERS Game Rosters may not exceed 12 players, but may vary from game to game, provided all players are listed on the of fi cial tournament roster. (Article 7 Section 10 and State Championship Roster Policy). 5. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining basketball championship information (i.e. roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Basketball Coaches webpage. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 6. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the basketball coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 114 • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 7. AWARDS: For each classi fi cation and gender a. First and second place trophies b. 14 individual medallions for players, coaches, managers, of the fi rst and second place teams c. Team Sportsmanship Award d. Academic Award e. 10 All-Tournament Team medallions / 16 All-Tournament Team medallions (1A) Awarded for outstanding tournament play, regardless of player position on the court. f. Player of the game awarded to one player from each team each game g. Two Good Sport Team Members Per Team Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. h. 1A/2A Skills Contest Winners of the 3-point shooting contest and knockout competition will receive an award. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 115 BASKETBALL CONFERENCES 4A CLASSIFICATION (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Cook Inlet (1) Mid Alaska (1) Northern Lights (1) Bartlett Lathrop Colony Bettye Davis East Monroe Catholic Boys Grace Christian Boys Chugiak North Pole Girls Kodiak Boys Dimond West Valley Mountain City Christian Academy Eagle River Palmer Service Soldotna South Anchorage Wasilla West Anchorage Southeast (1) At-Large Berths (4) Juneau-Douglas Ketchikan 3A CLASSIFICATION (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Aurora (1) Southcentral (1) Southeast (1) Delta Junction Grace Christian Girls Mt. Edgecumbe Galena Homer Sitka Hutchison Houston Monroe Catholic Girls Kenai Central North Pole Boys Kodiak Girls Valdez Nikiski Redington Western (1) At-Large Berth (4) Barrow Bethel Kotzebue Nome-Beltz 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 116 2A CLASSIFICATION (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Interior (2) Northwest (2) Southeast (2) Cordova Alakanuk Craig Ef fi e Kokrine Chevak Haines Glennallen Dillingham Metlakatla Nenana Hooper Bay Petersburg To k Tikigaq (Point Hope) Wrangell Unalakleet Southern (2) Lumen Christi Ninilchik Seward Su Valley Unalaska 1A CLASSIFICATION (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Alaska Coastal (1) Aleutian Chain (2) Bering Sea (2) Akiuk (Kasigluk) Bristol Bay Aniguiin (Elim) Anna Tobeluk (Nunapitchuk) Chief Ivan Blanka (New Stuyahok) Anthony Andrews (St. Michael) Ayaprun (Newtok) King Cove Brevig Mission Chaputnguak (Chefornak) Koliganek Diomede Chief Paul (Kipnuk) Lake and Pen ESSS Gambell Eek Manokotak Hogarth Kingeekuk (Savoonga) Joann A Alexie (Atmautlak) Newhalen James C Isabell (Teller) Ket’acik/Aapalluk (Kwethluk) Sand Point Koyuk Kongiganak St. Paul Martin L Olson (Golovin) Kuinerrarmiut (Quinhagak) Ta n a l i a n Shaktoolik Kwigillingok To g i a k Shishmaref Lewis Angapak (Tuntutuliak) Tukurngailnguq (Stebbins) Negtemiut Elitnaurviat (Nightmute) Wales Nelson Island (Toksook Bay) White Mountain Nuniwarmiut (Mekoryuk) Paul T Albert (Tunanak) Rocky Mountain (Goodnews Bay) William Miller (Napakiak) Z John Williams (Napaskiak) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 117 Golden Heart (2) Greater Kuskokwim (1) North Slope (1) Allakaket Akiachak Alak (Wainwright) Anderson Akiak Harold Koveolook (Kaktovik) Andrew K Demoski (Nulato) Aniak Kali (Point Lay) Fort Yukon George Morgan (Kalskag) Meade River (Atqasuk) Jimmy Huntington (Huslia) Kuspuk ESSS Nuiqsut Trapper Johnny Oldman (Hughes) Tuluksak Nunamiut (Anaktuvak Pass) Kaltag Maudrey Sommer (Tanana) Minto Merreline A Kangas (Ruby) Tri Valley Walter Northway Northwest Arctic (2) Peninsula (1) Southeast (2) Ambler Anchor Lutheran Angoon Aqqaluk (Noorvik) Birchwood Christian Gustavus Buckland Cook Inlet Academy Hoonah Deering Kenai Peninsula ESSS Hydaburg Kiana Knik Charter Kake Kobuk Kodiak Island ESSS Klawock McQueen (Kivalina) Nanwalek SISD ESSS Napaaqtugmiut (Noatak) Susan B English (Seldovia) Skagway Selawik Thorne Bay Shungnak Yakutat Yukon Delta (2) Alakanuk Emmonak Ignatius Bean (Mt. Village) Kotlik Marshall Nunam Iqua (Sheldon Point) Pilot Station Russian Mission Scammon Bay St Mary’s 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 118 BOWLING ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation on girls’ teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON 2026-2027 SEASON September 30, 2026 - First Practice October 15, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). February 20, 2027 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B.MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school bowling teams while they are members of a school bowling team. D. RULES US Bowling Congress Rules apply E. CONFERENCES Bowling teams are not categorized into conferences. F. MAXIMUM MEETS ASAA does not place a limit on the number of bowling meets that an athlete or team may compete in during a season. G. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP Currently there is no state championship for bowling as it does not meet the criteria. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 119 CHEER ALL CLASSIFICATIONS A.SEASON 2026-2027 SEASON Football Sideline Cheer July 29, 2026 - First Practice August 13, 2026 - First Event *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). October 23, 2026 - Last Event Hockey Sideline Cheer October 14, 2026 - First Practice October 29, 2026 - First Event *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). February 13, 2027 - Last Event Basketball Sideline Cheer December 2, 2026 - First Practice December 17, 2026 - First Event *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). March 26, 2027 - Last Event B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of cheering. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school cheer teams while they are members of a school cheer team. D. RULES National Federation of High School (NFHS) Spirit rules apply E. CONFERENCES Sideline and competitive cheer are not categorized into conferences. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 120 F. FOOTBALL STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining football championship information (i.e. roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc) will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Football Coaches web page. Cheer coaches with sideline cheer teams accompanying a state quali fi ed team are required to review this document. 2. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the cheer coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct G. HOCKEY STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining hockey championship information (i.e. roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc) will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Hockey Coaches web page. Cheer coaches with sideline cheer teams accompanying a state quali fi ed team are required to review this document. 2. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the cheer coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct 3. Only 12 squad members may be standing at a time. If there are more than 12 members they may be rotated. H. BASKETBALL STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining basketball championship information (i.e. roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc) will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Basketball Coaches web page. Cheer coaches with sideline cheer teams accompanying a state quali fi ed team are required to review this document. 2. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the cheer coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 121 3. Only 12 squad members may be on the sideline during a game. If there are more than 12 members they may be rotated. I. CHEER STATE CHAMPIONSHIP COMPETITION 1. DATES March 16, 2027 2. SITE & HOST Alaska Airlines Center, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA, UAA & ASD 3. STATE COMPETITION FORMAT a. Competition The Cheer State Championship Competition is a one day, open invitation for all high school basketball sideline squads from throughout the state. b. The competition will be a Game Day Format. Speci fi cs of the competition can be found on the ASAA website on the cheer coaches page. c. Championship Competition Schedule A detailed schedule will be available online at the Cheerleading State Information page prior to the event. d. Roster Information 1. Team members used as spotters are considered part of the team. 2. Mascots are considered part of a team. 4. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining Cheerleading Competition information (i.e. roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc) will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Cheer Coaches web page. Cheer coaches are required to review this document. 5. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS State forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the cheer coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 6. AWARDS: For each division a. First and second place trophies. b. First Place plaque for Game Day and Halftime Routine b. Academic Award (Must have at least 4 team members) c. All tournament team medallions NOTE: A second place trophy will only be awarded with four or more teams competing in a division. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 122 CROSS COUNTRY RUNNING ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation on girls’ teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON

July 29, 2026 - First Practice August 13, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). October 10, 2026 DII & DIII - Last Contest (Regular Season) October 17, 2026 DI - Last Contest (Regular Season) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7, Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school football teams while they are members of a school football team. D. RULES 1.National Federation of High School (NFHS) Football rules apply. 2. ASAA Mercy Rule: Upon reaching a 35 or more point differential at the end of the third quarter or thereafter, a running clock will be used. Once begun, the running clock will be stopped only for team, of fi cial, or injury timeouts and a score. 3. By mutual consent, schools may play 9-player football. Without mutual consent the game shall be played as an 11-player game. E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences unless they wish not to be (See Football Conferences). Teams not assigned to a conference are not eligible for the DI, DII, or DIII playoffs. Conferences are responsible for setting their own bylaws and policies. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. (i.e. State quali fi ers, tournament results, fi nal seeds) F. MAXIMUM GAMES A team may play one game per week to a maximum of eight regular season games exclusive of conference or state championships. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 136 G. JAMBOREE REGULATIONS All players must have fi ve (5) separate days of practice prior to the fi rst day of the Jamboree. Up to 20 plays may be played against each team in the jamboree with a maximum of 100 plays per day. A team may play in only one jamboree each season. A jamboree does not count as a game against the 8 game limit. H. INDIVIDUAL PARTICIPATION LIMITATION A school may have its players participate in six (6) quarters of play per week, except that a kicking specialist may play in up to eight (8) quarters per week, providing that in four (4) quarters the player does no more than kick. I. FOOTBALL SCHEDULING PROCESS Schools assigned to a conference must adhere to the following scheduling process. Schools will be considered to have broken a contract for each game not played. The following is the process: 1. The three schools “off the road system” must provide the following amount of round trip airline tickets from Anchorage to teams scheduled to play them: Barrow 22 tickets Juneau-Douglas 36 tickets (JV and Varsity) or 22 tickets (Varsity only) Kodiak 22 tickets 2. In order to not cause undue cost, the teams scheduled to play the “off the road system” schools, must: a. Agree to game date/times and general travel arrangements by May 5th, or agree to a set travel stipend. Travel stipend based on average round trip ticket price for Anchorage to game location. b. Provide traveler information, full legal name and date of birth, to the schools 10 business days prior to departure date. c. Only utilize the ticket for active players and up to three certi fi ed coaches. d. Be willing to travel as reasonably expected as determined by the host school. This could vary based on fl ight availability, numbers traveling and playing date. e. Cover any additional cost caused by failing to meet these obligations. 3. When hosting an “off the road system school,” the host agrees to provide ground transportation to and from the nearest airport (must be within an hour drive) to the school and fi eld or to the hotel and fi eld when housing is not provided. If the traveling school chooses to utilize an airport further than an hour away, the host school is not obligated to provide transportation. 4. Region 3, Region 4, Region 5 and Region 6 may select a commissioner with the authority to schedule games for the members their Region and a non-voting deputy commissioner. The commissioners will meet to complete the entire schedule for all classi fi cations. This meeting will be held in early December at a site selected by ASAA. The purposes of this meeting will be to ensure all teams have completed schedules. The cost to attend the meeting will be the responsibility of the commissioner’s and deputy commissioner’s school district or Region. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 137 5. Teams requesting byes or seeking to compete against an out-of-state team must submit their request by November 30. If a teams out-of-state competition causes another school to take a ‘bye’ every effort will be made to: a. Assign the ‘bye’ to a team within the same division and school district as the team competing out- of-state b. If that is not possible, assign the ‘bye’ to another school within the same school district before considering other schools 6. Once the schedule is completed, the commissioners will vote that it is fi nalized. In the event of a tie vote, the ASAA Executive Director will vote to break the tie. J. REPORTING SCHEDULES & RESULTS 1. A school coach, administrator or of fi cial team representative must create an account at the MaxPreps.com website and submit their varsity level team schedules. This must be done by the fi rst day of practice. This applies to all classi fi cations. 2. All scores must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website from the previous week by the following Tuesday 7:00 PM during the regular season. 3. Schools failing to meet these mandates will be given a warning for the fi rst offense, fi ned $200 for the second offense. K. FIRST NATIONAL BOWL / FOOTBALL STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. DATES • Division III - Semis (Oct 9/10), Final (Oct 16/17) • Division II - Semis (Oct 9/10), Finals (Oct 16/17) • Division I - Quarts (Oct 9/10), Semis (Oct 16/17), Finals (Oct 23) 2. SITE & HOST Division III - Wasilla High School, Wasilla Hosted by: ASAA and Wasilla Division II & I - Colony High School, Palmer Hosted by: ASAA and Colony 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT DIVISION I Quarters and Semis hosted by higher seed Quarter Finals Semi Finals Game 1 Cook Inlet #1 v Cook Inlet #8 Game 5 W Game 1 v W Game 2 Game 2 Cook Inlet #4 v Cook Inlet #5 Game 6 W Game 3 v W Game 4 Game 3 Cook Inlet #3 v Cook Inlet #6 Game 4 Cook Inlet #2 v Cook Inlet #7 Finals Hosted by ASAA at Colony High School W Game 5 v W Game 6 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 138 DIVISION II Semis hosted by higher seed Semi Finals Game 1 Railbelt #1 v Railbelt #4 Game 2 Railbelt #2 v Railbelt #3 Finals Hosted by ASAA at Colony High School W Game 1 v W Game 2 DIVISION III Semis hosted by higher seed Semi Finals Game 1 Mid Alaska #1 v Mid Alaska #4 Game 2 Mid Alaska #2 vs. Mid Alaska #3 Finals Hosted by ASAA at Wasilla High School W Game 1 v W Game 2 4. QUARTER & SEMI FINALS PROCEDURES a. Gate Prices & Event Passes: During all rounds of the playoffs, schools will utilize the ASAA gate prices. Passes issued by regions/conferences will not be honored. b. ASAA will issue participant passes to teams in the semi fi nals and assess a participation fee. c. Roster size limits are in effect beginning with the quarter fi nals. d. ASAA program will include teams in the semi fi nals. e. Host schools choose whether the game will be held on Friday or Saturday and have the broadcast rights. f. Host schools are responsible for selecting and all expenses related to of fi cials. ASAA of fi cial con fl ict of interest policy is in effect g. Assistance for travel is the same as the regular season. h. Revenue Split: Starting with the quarter fi nals, after all allowable expenses are subtracted from the gross ticket sales, the schools will equally split any net pro fi t. Net losses are the responsibility of the host school. Allowable expenses include: of fi cials pay and travel expenses, cost of ticket takers, security, custodians, and travel allowance given to visiting teams. i. The host school will determine if pep bands are allowed. In the event, pep bands are allowed, each school must be allowed to bring an equal number of students. The host school will determine an appropriate rotation for the bands to play. 5. STATE ROSTERS Game Rosters may not exceed (DI) 65 and (DII) 45 players, but may vary from game to game, provided all players are listed on the of fi cial tournament roster. (See Article 7 Section 10 and State Championship Roster Policy). 6. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining football championship information (i.e. roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Football Coaches web page. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 7. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the Football coaches’ page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 139 • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 8. AWARDS a. First National Bowl Traveling Trophy b. First and second place trophies c. Individual medallions for players, coaches managers of the fi rst and second place teams. d. Academic Award (All teams participating in playoffs beginning with the quarter fi nals). e. Individual medallions for six outstanding performers, from teams in the fi nals. f. A Player of the Game for each team in the fi nals. g. Two Good Sport Team Member for each team in the fi nals Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season L. RECOMMENDATIONS AND GUIDELINES FOR MINIMIZING HEAD IMPACT EXPOSURE AND CONCUSSION RISK IN FOOTBALL The Alaska School Activities Association, along with its Sports Medicine Advisory Committee (SMAC) has reviewed the recommendations of the National Federation of State High School Associations (NFHS) regarding policies to minimizing head impact exposure and concussion risk in football. ASAA strongly recommends to its member schools and districts to adopt the following as policy. 1. Full-contact should be limited during the regular season, as well as during activity outside of the traditional fall football season. For purposes of these recommendations and guidelines, full-contact consists of both “Thud” and “Live Action” using the USA Football de fi nitions of Levels of Contact. Rationale: By de fi nition, “Thud” involves initiation of contact at full speed with no pre-determined winner, but no take-down to the ground. Accordingly, the task force supports that initial contact, particularly with lineman, is just as violent with “Thud” as with “Live Action.” However, the task force also recognizes that “Live Action” likely carries a higher risk for other injuries to the body than does “Thud.” The USA Football Levels of Contact “Air,” “Bags,” and “Control” are considered no- or light- contact, and thus no limitations are placed on their use. 2. Schools in Alaska should limit contact in practices. ASAA strongly recommends that full-contact shall be allowed in no more than 2 practices per week. Full-contact shall not be permitted on more than 2 consecutive days. Full-contact time shall be no more than 30 minutes per day and no more than 60 minutes per week. In no cases should a contact practice and a game be allowed on the same day. Rationale: There is insuf fi cient data to specify with certainty a research-validated “best practices” standard for contact limitations. Several states (Alabama, Arizona, Maryland, and Texas) adopted varying limitations on contact prior to the 2013 football season. Preliminary High School RIO injury 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 140 surveillance data suggest these states have seen a statistically signi fi cant decrease in concussion rates during practices, with no increase in concussion or other injuries during games. 3. Prior to regular season games, practices may require more full-contact time than practices occurring during the regular season, to allow for teaching fundamentals with suf fi cient repetition. ASAA strongly recommends that, in these practices, full contact shall be allowed in no more than three practices per week. Full contact shall not be permitted on more than two consecutive days. Full contact time shall be no more than 30 minutes per day and 90 minutes per week. a. Pre-season heat acclimatization protocols and regulations regarding heat and hydration take precedent and should always be followed. b. While total full-contact practice days and time limitations may be increased during the pre- season, the emphasis should focus on the proper principles of tackling and blocking during the fi rst several practices, before progressing to “Thud” and “Live Contact.” Rationale: Regular season practice limitations may need to be revised during the pre-season. This should be done in a speci fi c and systematic manner to allow coaches to spend suf fi cient time teaching proper tackling and blocking techniques. Emphasis should be placed upon inexperienced players, as they slowly work through tackling and blocking progressions with “Air,” “Bags,” and “Control” using the USA Football de fi nitions of “Levels of Contact.” 4. During pre-season, if twice-daily practices are held only one session per day should include full- contact. Rationale: The adolescent brain needs suf fi cient recovery time following full-contact practices. In addition, concussion signs and/or symptoms may not develop for several hours after the initial injury. 5. ASAA has reviewed and recommends no change in the current ASAA policy which sets a maximum of six quarters played during a one week time frame. For purposes of this policy a week is de fi ned as a NFHS numbered week, and a team must have three full calendar days between contests. For example: if a game is played on Friday, the soonest that the next game can be scheduled is on Tuesday. After six quarters of play per week, a kicking specialist may participate in up to eight quarters per week, providing that in four quarters the player does no more than kick. Rationale: High School RIO data consistently show that competition presents the highest risk for concussion. Participation in games at multiple levels of competition during a single week increases risk for head injury and unnecessarily increases head impact exposure. In addition, games played on consecutive days or those scheduled on the same day (C team and Junior Varsity games or Junior Varsity and Varsity games) may not allow the brain an opportunity to adequately recover. Consideration should be given to moderating these situations as much as possible. 6. Consistent with efforts to minimize total exposure to full-contact, head impact exposure, and concussion risk, organizations sponsoring football outside of the traditional fall football season should follow the policies outlined in 2 and 3 above. The Football Camp Recommendations would be: All campers can participate in up to 60 individual contact/thud instances per day. Camps will not have contact more than two consecutive days and will not exceed three contact days per week. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 141 Rationale: Football played outside of the traditional fall football season presents an opportunity for learning, physical activity, and skill development. However, athletes are at further risk for head impact exposure and concussion during any full-contact activity. Consideration should be given to signi fi cantly limiting the total time of full-contact. Other factors to consider include time elapsed since the previous football season and whether individual athletes have recently been, or are currently, participating in other contact/collision sports (e.g., Ice Hockey, Lacrosse, Soccer and Wrestling). Athletes with a history of previous concussions, especially if accompanied by the factors which increase risk of concussion, should seriously consider refraining from activities characterized by head impact exposure. 7. The NFHS, the NFHS SMAC, the ASAA SMAC and ASAA agree that an Emergency Action Plan for each venue, with clearly de fi ned written and practiced protocols, should be developed and in place at every high school. When possible, an athletic trainer should be present at all practices and games. Rationale: An effective emergency action plan (EAP) should be in place as a prompt and appropriate response to any emergency situation can save a life. The EAP should be designed and practiced to address all teams (Freshman, Junior Varsity, and Varsity) and all practice and game sites. An athletic trainer is a key component in any strategy to minimize injury risk and optimize safety for all participants. ASAA will continue to reach out to coaches’ association, working together to design and implement coach education programs that appropriately integrate youth, middle school, and high school football programs in every community. USA Football and the NFHS Fundamentals of Coaching courses will be the primary education resources for all coaches. Education for coaches should also include the proper fi tting and care of helmets. Rationale: The game of football continues to evolve and proper coaching technique at each level is fundamental to keeping the game safe and enjoyable. A proper fi tting helmet may help decrease, but not eliminate, concussion risk. ASAA will regularly educate its schools on current state concussion law and policies and recommend that schools to have a written Concussion Management Protocol. Schools should also be encouraged to share this information with coaches, parents, and students annually. Rationale: Many schools experience frequent turnover of Athletic Directors and coaches. Frequent “refreshers” on state concussion laws and policies as well as sample concussion management protocols should be made available to ensure all schools are current on, and prepared for, safe and effective concussion management. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 142 FOOTBALL CONFERENCES DIVISION I Cook Inlet (The results of the regular season will be used to seed a standard 8 team single elimination bracket) Bartlett Bettye Davis East Colony Dimond Juneau-Douglas Service South Anchorage West Anchorage DIVISION II Railbelt (The results of the regular season will be used to seed a 4 team single elimination bracket) Chugiak Eagle River Lathrop North Pole Palmer Soldotna Wasilla West Valley DIVISION III Mid Alaska (The results of the regular season will be used to seed a 4 team single elimination bracket) Barrow Homer Houston Kenai Central Redington 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 143 GYMNASTICS GIRLS - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation on girls’ teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON

July 29, 2026 - First Practice August 13, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). October 3, 2026 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school tennis teams while they are members of a school tennis team. D. RULES 1. The United State Tennis Association (USTA) rules apply 2. ASAA Rule modi fi cations. a. Scrimmage – For a match to be counted in your record or to be used for seeding, it cannot be de fi ned as a scrimmage. (Article 7, Section 7.C) b. Tennis Match De fi nition – Pro Set and above is considered a tennis match and can then be used for record and seeding purposes. Score must be kept. c. Of fi cials are not needed for a Tennis Match to be an of fi cial match. d. Code Violation - A default of a player for code violation(s) shall eliminate the player from further competition. e. Retirement or Forfeit for reasons other than illness or injury shall eliminate the player from further competition. f. Retirement or Forfeit for injury or illness does not automatically eliminate a player from further competition. In case of injury or illness, prior to the player’s next match the tournament director in consultation with the on-site health care professional and the players coach shall determine the player’s ability to safely continue. If the player is not safely able to play the player shall be eliminated from further competition. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 178 E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences (See Tennis Conferences). Conferences are responsible for setting their own bylaws and policies. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. (i.e. State quali fi ers, tournament results, fi nal seeds) F. MAXIMUM MEETS ASAA has no limitations on total number of matches allowed for either teams or individuals. G. STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1.DATE October 8 - 10, 2026 2. SITE & HOST Alaska Club East, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA, The Alaska Club & ASD 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT a. Tennis has fi ve divisions: Singles, Girls Singles, Doubles, Girls Doubles, and *Mixed Doubles. *One player must be a female assigned female at birth b. Berths are for each of the 5 divisions. c. State Quali fi ers must participate in the division they quali fi ed in. d. All divisions are a 9 entry double elimination, bracket. First round matches, matches with undefeated players and the championship will be regular sets. All other matches will be short sets. e. The top fi ve places for each event will be scored. The total points will determine the state champion team and runner up. 4. STATE SEEDING a. The objective of seeding is to separate players who, in the tournament committee’s informed opinion, are most likely to win the tournament. These guidelines are intended to comprise an objective framework for consistent and defendable decisions. However, there will always be unique circumstances that do not fi t well within this paradigm. Therefore, it is important that the tournament committee retain the fl exibility to consider all available information, including other objective and subjective factors not listed below, at their collective discretion. b. Each coach will submit a seeding form (online) for any possible seeded athlete. c. A committee appointed by ASAA of knowledgeable tennis individuals will seed each division. Under normal circumstances 2 competitors will be seeded. However, up to four competitors per division may be seeded. The remaining competitors will be randomly drawn in. d. For speci fi c seeding criteria refer to the ASAA website on the tennis coaches page. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 179 5. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining Tennis Championship information (i.e. supplemental rules, roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Tennis Coaches web page. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 6. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the Tennis coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • Tennis State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 7. AWARDS a. First and second place trophies b. Eight individual players, one team manager, and one head coach medallion for each of the fi rst and second place teams c. 1st - 4th Place medals for the fi ve Divisions d. Sportsmanship Award e. Academic Award f. Good Sport Team Members Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 180 TENNIS CONFERENCES ONE CLASSIFICATION (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Region 3 (2) Region 4 (4) Colony Bartlett Kodiak Bettye Davis East Palmer Chugiak Wasilla Dimond Eagle River Service South Anchorage West Anchorage Region 5 (1) Region 6 (2) Juneau-Douglas Hutchison Lathrop Monroe Catholic North Pole West Valley 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 181 TRACK & FIELD ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation on girls’ teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON

3A & 4A Volleyball: August 5, 2026 - First Practice August 20, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). November 7, 2026 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) Mix Six & 2A Volleyball: September 9, 2026 - First Practice September 24, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). November 28, 2026 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school volleyball teams while they are members of a school volleyball team. D. RULES 1. National Federation of High School (NFHS) Volleyball rules apply. 2. ASAA allows for modi fi cation of match format for series other than dual varsity matches. 3. Teams shall remain on the same side of the net throughout a match. The head of fi cial can make an exception to this if there is a disadvantage/advantage to one side. Procedure; a. Home team selects a bench b. During the prematch conference a coin toss shall be conducted. Visiting team shall call the toss. Winner shall choose serve or receive 4. ASAA Supplemental Rules for Mix Six Volleyball a. Mix Six Volleyball is intended to be played with three males and three females on the court at all times. The serving order and positions on the court at service shall be female and male alternating or vice-versa. Positions required to be fi lled by females are limited to females who were assigned female at birth. 1. Up to three female players are allowed to replace male players on the court. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 188 2. A male may never fi ll a female position. In service order all males must be in position 1, 3 and 5 or 2, 4 and 6. 3. No more than three males may be on the court at any time. b. The height of the net for mix six play shall be 2.43 meters (7’ 11-5/8”). c. When the ball is played more than once by a team, at least one of the contacts shall be made by a female player. Contact of the ball during blocking shall not constitute a play on the ball under this rule. There is no requirement for a male player to contact the ball, regardless of the number of plays by a team. d. Uniforms of players shall be identical within the following provisions: 1. All females shall be attired in identical jerseys and shorts or one-piece uniform. 2. All males shall be attired in identical jerseys and shorts or one-piece uniform. 3. All uniforms shall be numbered and there shall be no duplicate numbers e. When only one male player is in the front row at service, one male back-row player may be forward of the attack line for the purpose of blocking. The remaining male back-row player must be behind the attack line until the ball has been contacted by the block or has been hit in such a manner that no block is possible. 1. If a male back-row player is not participating in a block there is no restriction on both male back-row players being forward of the attack line. 2. Male back-row players when playing the ball in other than blocking actions shall be governed by provisions of the National Federation Rule 9, Section 5, Art 5b. 3. No female back-row player may participate in a block. f. Liberos are not permitted. E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences (See the Volleyball Conferences). Conferences are responsible for setting their own bylaws and policies. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. (i.e. State quali fi ers, tournament results, fi nal seeds) F. MAXIMUM MATCHES A team may play 22 regular season matches exclusive of conference or state championships. Additional matches may be played under the Endowment Game guidelines. All full matches (3-of-5 sets) played are part of the regular season and are counted as part of the 22 match limit and the regular season record. Mini-matches that are limited to 1, 2 or 3 sets are not considered full matches and do not count against the 22 match limit. During the regular season, each day of a tournament involving mini-matches (pool play) counts as one full match and is counted as part of the 22 match limit. G. ENDOWMENT MATCH ASAA encourages each school’s team sports to play Endowment Games during the season above and beyond the 22 match limit. Additional Endowment Games may be played each season. (Bylaw, Article 7, Section 9) School teams may play Endowment Games at any time during the regular season, beginning with the date of the fi rst contest and extending to the start of the conference tournament. Endowment Games do count in a team’s overall season record for at large and seeding purposes. Schools wishing to host Endowment Games must apply in writing to ASAA by submitting the “Endowment Game Application Form” no later than one week prior to the game. Under no circumstances may an Endowment Game be played until this form has been signed by ASAA and returned to the participating schools. ASAA will invoice the responsible school $100 for each game. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 189 H. JAMBOREE REGULATIONS All players must have fi ve (5) separate days of practice prior to the fi rst day of the Jamboree. Two sets maximum with each team. A team may play in only one jamboree each season. A jamboree does not count as a game against the 22-game limit. I. REPORTING SCHEDULES & RESULTS 1. A school coach, administrator or of fi cial team representative must create an account at the MaxPreps.com website. This applies to all classi fi cations. 2. Match scores of 2-0, 2-1, 3-0, 3-1 and 3-2 must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website from the previous week by the following Tuesday 7:00 PM during the regular season. 3. All set scores from the conference tournament must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website by Sunday, 8:00 AM. 4. Schools failing to meet these mandates will be given a warning for the fi rst offense, fi ned $200 for the second offense. J. STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. DATES 3A & 4A - November 12-14, 2026 Mix Six & 2A - December 3-5, 2026 2. SITE & HOST 3A & 4A - Alaska Airline Center, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA, UAA & ASD Mix Six & 2A - Dimond High School, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA & Dimond High School 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT a. 2A/3A/4A Type of Elimination Eight team Double elimination bracket. The “if game” will be one set to 30 points. b. Mix Six Type of Elimination Eleven team double elimination bracket with fi rst round matches and the losers bracket, 2 out of 3 with the 3rd set to 25 points. The winners bracket and the Championship will be 3 out of 5. The “if game” will be one set to 30 points c. Championship Schedule A detailed schedule and bracket will be available online at the Volleyball State Information page. d. Conference Berths (See Volleyball Conferences) e. At-Large Berths The volleyball RPI will use only 2-0, 2-1, 3-0, 3-1, and 3-2 scores from varsity matches between 3A and 4A schools, including matches in which a 3A school plays a 4A school. Matches involving 1A or 2A schools will not be included. This combined 3A/4A RPI will then be used to determine the at-large berths 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 190 f. 3A/4A Bracketing - The combined 3A/4A RPI will be used to determine the seeds for the opening round of the state tournament. g. Mix Six/2A Bracketing will be done by a rotation 2A CLASSIFICATION 2026-2027 2027-2028 Aurora #1 vs. Southeast #2 Borealis #1 vs. Aurora #2 Borealis #1 vs. Southwest #2 Southeast #1 vs. Southwest #2 Southeast #1 vs. Aurora #2 Southwest #1 vs. Southeast #2 Southwest #1 vs. Borealis #2 Aurora #1 vs. Borealis #2 Mix Six CLASSIFICATION 2026-2027 A - Yukon River E - Alaska Coastal I - Greater Kuskokwim B - Western #2 F - Southwest J - North Slope C - Denali #1 G - Northwest K - Southeast #1 D - Southeast #2 H - Western #1 2027-2028 A - Southeast #1 E - Alaska Coastal I -Western #1 B - Greater Kuskokwim F - Southeast #2 J - Southwest C - Yukon River G - Western #2 K - Northwest D - North Slope H - Denali #1 4. STATE ROSTERS Game Rosters may not exceed (4A) 14 and (Mix 6, 2A, 3A) 12 players, but may vary from game to game, provided all players are listed on the of fi cial tournament roster. (See Article 7 Section 10 and State Championship Roster Policy). 5. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining Volleyball Championship information (i.e. supplemental rules, roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Volleyball Coaches web page. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 6. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the Volleyball coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org 7. AWARDS a. First and second place trophies b. 14 individual medallions for players, coaches, managers of fi rst and second place teams for Mix Six and 2A 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 191 c. 17 individual medallions for players, coaches, managers of fi rst and second place teams for 3A and 4A c. Team Sportsmanship Award d. Academic Award e. 12 All-Tournament medallions Awarded for outstanding tournament play, regardless of player position on the court. Mix Six there must be at least 4 of each gender on the All Tournament Team. f. Player of the game awarded to one player from each team each game g. Two Good Sport Team Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. h. Best Hitter, Best Server, Best Setter, and Best Defensive Specialist Awards 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 192 VOLLEYBALL CONFERENCES 4A CLASSIFICATION (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Cook Inlet (3) Mid-Alaska (1) Bartlett Lathrop Bettye Davis East North Pole Chugiak West Valley Dimond Eagle River Service South Anchorage West Anchorage Northern Lights (2) Southeast (1) Colony Juneau-Douglas Kodiak Ketchikan Palmer Soldotna Wasilla At-Large (1) 3A CLASSIFICATION (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Aurora (2) Southcentral (2) Delta Junction Grace Christian Galena Homer Hutchison Houston Monroe Catholic Kenai Central Valdez Mountain City Christian Academy Nikiski Redington Seward Southeast (1) Western (2) Mt. Edgecumbe Barrow Sitka Bethel Kotzebue Nome-Beltz At-Large (1) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 193 2A CLASSIFICATION (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Aurora (2) Borealis (2) Southeast (2) Ef fi e Kokrine Birchwood Christian Craig Glennallen Cook Inlet Academy Haines Nenana Cordova Hoonah To k Holy Rosary Klawock Tri-Valley Lumen Christi Metlakatla Ninilchik Petersburg Su Valley Skagway Unalaska Wrangell Southwest (2) Bristol Bay Dillingham Chief Ivan Blunka (New Stuyahok) Hooper Bay King Cove Koliganek Manokotak Sand Point To g i a k MIX SIX (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Alaska Coastal (1) Denali (1) Greater Kuskokwim (1) Lower Kuskokwim Anchor Lutheran Akiak School District Glacier View Aniak Schools Kodiak Island ESSS Iditarod School District Walter Northway Kuspuk School District Whittier Tuluksak North Slope (1) Northwest (1) Southeast (2) Alak Northwest Arctic Angoon Harold Kaveolook (Kali) School District Gustavus Meade River Schools Hydaburg Nuiqsut Trapper Kake Nunamiut (Anaktuvik Pass) Thorne Bay Tikigaq (Point Hope) Yakutat 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 194 Southwest (1) Western (2) Yukon River (1) Kokhanok Aniguiin (Elim) Alakanuk Newhalen Anthony Andrews (St Michael) Chevak Ta n a l i a n Brevig Mission Kotlik Emmonak Marshall Gambell Nunam Iqua (Sheldon Point) Hogarth Kingeekuk (Savoonga) Pilot Station Koyuk Russian Mission Martin L Olson (Golovin) Scammon Bay Shaktoolik St. Mary's Shishmaref James C Isabell (Teller) Tururngailnguq (Stebbins) Unalakleet White Mountain 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 195 WORLD LANGUAGE DECLAMATION ALL CLASSIFICATIONS A.SEASON 2026-2027 SEASON Seasonal activity without limitation. B.ELIGIBILITY Eligibility Deadline - February 13, 2027 Participants must meet ASAA eligibility requirements. A Physical Examination, Concussion Information Form and Sudden Cardiac Arrest Form are not required. Participants names must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS). C. STATE COMPETITION 1. DATE March 6, 2027 2. SITE & HOST Dimond High School, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA & ASD 3. REGISTRATION AND CATEGORIES Students must be currently enrolled in a high school World Language course to participate; speci fi cally a language class corresponding to the same language and level of competition. Participation Fee: $10 per participant (each school will be invoiced after the competition) Schools in Regions 3, 4, and 6 may register the top fi ve contestants in Poetry and Impromptu per level, per language from regional competition, schools not in Regions 3, 4, and 6 may register up to fi ve students per level, per language. The levels for Poetry are 1-5, AP, immersion(Japanese, Spanish, German and Russian) and Native Speaker. The levels for Impromptu speaking are 1,2,3, 4/5/AP, 9/10 Immersion and 11/12 Immersion. There is no Native Speaker category for Impromptu. Immersion students enrolled in an AP course of that language must compete in the Immersion category, not AP. Schools in Regions 3, 4, and 6 may register the top fi ve pairs of contestants from regional competition in the Dialogues category per language in the following levels: 1,2,3 and 4/5/AP, Immersion 9/10 and Immersion 11/12. Schools not in Regions 3, 4, and 6 may register up to fi ve (5) pairs per level and language. There is no Native Speaker category for the Dialogues category. Immersion students enrolled in an AP course of that language must compete in the Immersion category, not AP. The top fi ve contestants from Regions 3, 4, and 6 in Chinese, French, German, Russian and Spanish Cultural Trivia may register to compete at the state competition in the following levels: 1, 2, 3, 4, AP, and Immersion/Native Speaker. There is no level 5/Native Speaker (except for Spanish) category for Cultural Trivia. Schools not in Regions 3, 4, and 6 may register fi ve per language and level as previously described. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 196 Native Speaker category: Students who do not speak English as a fi rst language must compete at the native speaker level in Poetry. Such students are typically exchange students. “Heritage Speakers” (de fi ned as students who grow up in a home where another language other than English is spoken but are not native speakers) are allowed to compete in non-native speaker categories if they are enrolled in a language class corresponding to level of competition. Teachers are responsible for the appropriate placement of students (including foreign exchange students and those who have studied abroad). 4. LANGUAGE CATEGORIES • Chinese • French • German • Japanese • Russian • Spanish 5. EVENT CATEGORIES Please note that not all categories are available in every language. Detailed rules and guidelines for all events are available online at the ASAA website. a. Cultural Trivia: Contest is available to levels 1-4 and AP in French and Chinese; immersion levels 9, 10, 11, and 12 in Russian; BS kk levels in 1-4, AP, and Immersion?Native Speaker in German and Spanish. There is no level 5 for this category. Students take a 50-question scantron test. Many, but not all of the questions are taken from the Teacher’s Discovery cultural trivia card sets. The tests in levels 1 and 2 are in English, while the tests in levels 3, 4, AP, and Spanish Immersion/Spanish Native Speaker are in the target language. b. Impromptu: Students select a topic and after two (2) minutes preparation time without books, dictionaries, or notes, they speak in the target language about that topic before a panel of judges. The speci fi c topics are provided in advance available online at the ASAA website, for levels 1 and 2 only, while several examples of topics, but not all topics, are provided for levels 3, 4/5/AP and Immersion. A panel of judges (native or near-native when possible) will rate the students based on pronunciation, range of vocabulary, grammatical correctness, comprehensibility, fl uency/ delivery and staying on topic. There are speci fi c minimum/maximum times for each level (See information posted on ASAA website). Also, judges are allowed to ask questions if a competitor pauses. This is to encourage continued speaking. c. Dialogue: The procedure and criteria for Dialogues are identical to impromptu speaking, except that there is a pair of speakers instead of one individual speaker. A panel of judges rates each student in the pair separately. d. Poetry: Students will recite two poems in a world language, one required and one alternate (in two different rounds). Copies of the poems are available online prior to the contest. A panel of judges (native or near-native speakers when possible, in the language) is selected to rate the students based on delivery, expression, memorization and pronunciation. Students are disquali fi ed if only one poem is presented. Singing, costumes and props are not allowed. Minor gestures are allowed, but not excessive moving around. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 197 6. AWARDS a. Medals are awarded to fi rst, second, and third place winners in each level of each language category. b. Academic award will be presented to the school with the highest overall GPA. (The school must have a minimum of fi ve (5) students participating to be eligible.) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 198 WRESTLING ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participants on girls’ teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON

July 27, 2026 - First Practice August 7, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). September 26, 2026 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Regional Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL PARTICIPATION LIMITATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school cross-country running teams while they are members of a school cross country running team. D. RULES 1. National Federation of High School (NFHS) Cross Country rules apply. By ASAA adoption DIII team scores will be determined by totaling the points scored by the fi rst three fi nishers from each team. 2. An ineligible student shall not compete alongside eligible students in any interscholastic Cross Country race. This includes students that have not met the minimum practice requirement or who are otherwise restricted from competition under ASAA bylaws. For the purposes of this rule, “compete” means running in the same race or heat as eligible student-athletes representing their schools. Ineligible students may participate in separate, non-scored training runs or time trials arranged outside of of fi cial competition, provided such activities are clearly distinguished from sanctioned races and do not involve athletes representing other schools. E. CONFERENCES Teams are assigned to conferences in their Region. See Cross Country Running Quali fi ers for the list of schools in each conference. Conferences are responsible for setting their own bylaws and policies. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. (i.e. State quali fi ers, tournament results, fi nal seeds) F. MAXIMUM MEETS ASAA has no limitations on total number of meets allowed for either teams or individuals. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 123 G. STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. DATE October 3, 2026 NOTE: The Meet will be held the fi rst Saturday in October. However, if the fi rst Saturday in October falls before October 4 the meet will still be held on that date and the season will begin two days earlier than the standard start date. 2. SITE & HOST Bartlett High Trails, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA and Bartlett HS 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT There are three divisions, schools with 501 students and above are in Division I, schools with 151-500 students are in Division II and schools with 1-150 students are in Division III Even year schedule: Division III Girls Cross Country, Division III Cross Country Division II Girls Cross Country, Division I Girls Cross Country Division II Cross Country, Division I Cross Country Odd year schedule: Division III Cross Country, Division III Girls Cross Country Division II Cross Country, Division I Cross Country Division II Girls Cross Country, Division I Girls Cross Country 4. COURSE LENGTH The course length for all Divisions is 5K. 5. QUALIFYING TO STATE Each Region determines their state quali fi ers (See Cross Country Running Quali fi ers) 6. SUBSTITUTIONS Schools will have until 4:00pm Tuesday of the state meet week to submit to ASAA the names of seven team members and two alternates. Schools will then have until 4:00pm on the Thursday before the race to notify ASAA if either of the alternates will run in the race in place of any of the 7 named runners. Alternates will not be eligible to run after this Thursday deadline. This will allow teams to substitute alternates for the sick or injured. 7. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining the Cross Country Running state information (i.e. passes, deadlines, protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Cross Country Running Coaches web page. State participating teams are required to review this document. 8. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the cross country coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 124 • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 9. AWARDS: For each classi fi cation and gender a. First and second place trophies. b. 9 individual medallions for runners, coaches, managers of the fi rst and second place teams. c. Academic Award (Must have a minimum of 4 runners) d. DI 15 Medallions for the top fi fteen place fi nishers. e. DII & DIII 10 Medallions for the top ten place fi nishers. f. One Good Sport Team Member If a team has at least 4 runners the head coach may select a participant to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 125 CROSS COUNTRY RUNNING QUALIFIERS DIVISION I Region 3 Region 4 (Top 15 fi nishers + all members (Top 15 fi nishers + all members of the top 3 teams) of the top 4 Teams) Colony Bartlett Kodiak Bettye Davis East Palmer Chugiak Soldotna Dimond Wasilla Eagle River Service South Anchorage West Anchorage Region 5 Region 6 (Top 10 fi nishers + all members (Top 10 fi nishers + all members of the top team) of the top 2 teams) Juneau-Douglas Lathrop Ketchikan North Pole Student Wrestling Development School West Valley DIVISION II Region 1 Region 5 (Top 8 fi nishers + all members (Top 10 fi nishers + all members of the top team) of the top team) Barrow Mt Edgecumbe Bethel Sitka Kotzebue Nome-Beltz Region 3 Region 6 (Top 15 fi nishers + all members (Top 15 fi nishers + all members of the top 4 teams) of the top 2 teams) Grace Christian Delta Junction Homer Galena Houston Hutchison Kenai Central Monroe Catholic Mountain City Christian Academy Valdez Nikiski Redington Seward 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 126 DIVISION III Region 1 Conference/District Berths Aleutians East 3 + all members of the top team Bering Straits 3 + all members of the top team Greater Kuskokwim 3 + all members of the top team Greater Yukon Delta 5 Lower Kuskokwim 3 North Slope 4 + all members of the top team Northwest Arctic 3 Southwest To p 1 0 fi nishers + all members of the top team Unalaska 6 Region 2 (Top 10 fi nishers + all members of the top 2 teams) Allakaket Glennallen Minto Anderson Holy Rosary Nenana Andrew K Demoski (Nulato) Jimmy Huntington (Huslia) Nikolaevsk Birchwood Christian Johnny Oldman (Hughes) Ninilchik Cantwell Kaltag Susan B English (Seldovia) Cook Inlet Academy Kenai Peninsula ESSS Su Valley Cordova Kenny Lake Te t l i n Dot Lake Knik Charter To k Eagle Community Kodiak Island ESSS Tri-Valley Ef fi e Kokrine Lumen Christi Walter Northway Fort Yukon Maudrey Sommer (Tanana) Yukon Flats School District Glacier View Merreline A Kangas (Ruby) Region 5 (Top 15 fi nishers + all members of the top 3 teams) Angoon Hydaburg Skagway Craig Kake SISD ESSS Gustavus Klawock Thorne Bay Haines Metlakatla Wrangell Hoonah Petersburg Yakutat 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 127 DRAMA, DEBATE & FORENSICS ALL CLASSIFICATIONS A. SEASON 2026-2027 SEASON February 11, 2027 - Enter students on eligibility list. (Article 12 Section 10) Seasonal activity without limitation. B. ELIGIBILITY Participants must meet ASAA eligibility requirements. A Physical Examination, Concussion Information Form and Sudden Cardiac Arrest Form are not required. Participants names must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS). C. RULES Each school should have a complete manual of regulations before participating. (See separate DDF Handbook.) D. CONFERENCES Drama, Debate & Forensics is not categorized into conferences. E. MAXIMUM MEETS ASAA has no limitations on total number of meets allowed for either teams or individuals. F. STATE COMPETITION 1. DATE February 25 - 27, 2027 2. SITE & HOST Bettye Davis East High School, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA, UAA & Anchorage School District 3. CATEGORIES • Lincoln-Douglas Debate • Extemporaneous Commentary • Policy Debate • Extemporaneous Speaking Domestic • Public Forum Debate • Extemporaneous Speaking Foreign • Duet Acting • Informative Speaking • Improvised Duet Acting • Original Oration • Pantomime • Reader’s Theatre • Solo Acting • Dramatic Interpretation • Humorous Interpretation • Duo Interpretation 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 128 4. PARTICIPATION FEE $20.00 per participant. Schools will be invoiced after the event. 5. ELIGIBILITY Students may enter one to three events. Students must qualify in the event(s) they enter. To qualify for an event a student must have competed at least two times in that event during regular season meets. Video and teleconference meets count as competitions 6. DEBATE TOPIC The debate topic shall be the national topic. 7. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the DDF coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 8. AWARDS Participants compete against all other entries in their category to score team points. For team scores there are two divisions, schools with 501 students and above are in Division I and schools with 1-500 students are in Division II. a. First and second place sweepstakes trophies in both Division I and II. b. First place awards in Debate, Drama and Forensics in both Division I and II. c. Individual medallions for fi rst through fourth place in each event (combined classi fi cations). d. Team Sportsmanship award in both Division I and II. e. Academic Award in both Division I and II 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 129 ESPORTS ALL CLASSIFICATIONS A. SEASON

July 29, 2026 - First Practice August 13, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). October 24, 2026 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school gymnastic teams while they are members of a school gymnastic team. D. RULES USA Gymnastic Rules & Policies apply. E. CONFERENCES Gymnastics teams are not currently categorized into conferences. F. MAXIMUM MEETS ASAA does not place a limit on the number of gymnastics meets that an athlete or team may compete in during a season. G. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP Currently there is no state tournament for Gymnastics as it does not meet the criteria. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 144 HOCKEY ALL CLASSIFICATIONS A. SEASON 2026-2027 SEASON October 14, 2026 - First Practice October 29, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). January 30, 2027 - D II Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) February 6, 2027 - D I Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school hockey teams while they are members of a school hockey team. D. RULES 1. National Federation of High School (NFHS) Hockey rules apply. 2. ASAA Supplemental Rules a. Mercy Rule : Upon reaching a 10 or more goal differential at any time during the game, a running clock will be used. Once begun, the running clock will be stopped only for team, of fi cial, or injury timeouts. b. I t is the intent of these supplements to the National Federation rules that suspensions will be served beginning with the next scheduled game at the level at which the violation occurred and that no suspended player or coach is permitted to return to play until the suspension has been served. c. School administrators should address repeated violations of poor sportsmanship at the school level. Whenever a player appears before the school administration, the coach is expected to accompany him/her. d. Penalties for a team receiving a total of 15 penalties in any one game: - First offense during season - $250 fi ne - Second offense during a season - $500 fi ne - Third offense during a season - $1,500 fi ne e. A player receiving a second game misconduct in a season will receive a one game suspension to be served at the next scheduled game. A school administrative review will be held. f. A player receiving a third game misconduct in a season will receive a two game suspension and will be required to attend a review before the school administration where further disciplinary measures will be determined, before returning to play. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 145 g. When a player is penalized with a game misconduct, game disquali fi cation or any other suspension in the last contest of the season, the school is advised of the incident and asked to take appropriate disciplinary action. h. ASAA provides a reporting form requiring game of fi cials to report any major penalties, game misconduct, game disquali fi cation or suspensions and the circumstances involved. At the end of the game, the game of fi cial is required to submit the completed form to ASAA within 24 hours. ASAA then will send the Of fi cial’s report to the school(s) involved. Schools are required to respond to the ASAA Of fi ce with the following information after receiving the Of fi cial’s Report: Name of the Ejected Player/Coach Dates of games suspended NFHS Sportsmanship Course completion certi fi cate (if required) Any other action taken by the school i. Fighting in interscholastic activities is a serious offense. Since interscholastic activities are an extension of the school, schools should hold their students to the same behavior standards during interscholastic competition as they do at school. 3. ASAA Adopted Overtime Policy a. All regular season games (non-tournament) and state third and fourth place games shall adhere to NFHS Ice Hockey Rules Book (Rule 9-11) b. All State Tournament games will be played as follows; - At the end of regulation, one 8-minute overtime period will be played. - If still tied, the ice will be resurfaced and the teams will play two overtime periods of 8 minutes each with a 3-minute break between periods. - If still tied, the ice will be resurfaced again and the teams will continue to play in this pattern until a winner is decided. - The team scoring the fi rst goal is declared the winner. - No shootouts are allowed in any State Tournament game. E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences (See Hockey Conferences). Conferences are responsible for setting their own bylaws and policies. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. (i.e. State quali fi ers, tournament results, fi nal seeds) NOTE: Juneau-Douglas will provide $4500 for varsity only and $5500 for JV and varsity for conference teams traveling to Juneau from Anchorage. Kodiak will provide $3000 for varsity only and $4000 for JV and varsity for conference teams traveling to Kodiak from Anchorage F. MAXIMUM GAMES A team may play 22 regular season games exclusive of conference or state championships. Additional games may be played under the Endowment Game guidelines.G. ENDOWMENT GAMES G. ENDOWMENT GAMES ASAA encourages each school’s team sports to play Endowment Games during the season above and beyond the 22 game/match limit. Additional Endowment Games may be played each season. (Article 7 Section 9) School teams may play Endowment Games at any time during the regular season, beginning with the date of the fi rst contest and extending to the start of the conference tournament. Endowment Games do count in a team’s overall season record for at large and seeding purposes. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 146 Schools wishing to host Endowment Games must apply in writing to ASAA by submitting the “Endowment Game Application Form” no later than one week prior to the game. Under no circumstances may an Endowment Game be played until this form has been signed by ASAA and returned to the participating schools. ASAA will invoice the responsible school $100 for each game. H. JAMBOREE REGULATIONS All players must have fi ve (5) separate days of practice prior to the fi rst day of the Jamboree. Time against all teams during one day cannot exceed forty-eight (48) minutes. Time against each team cannot exceed twelve (12) minutes. A team may play in only one jamboree each season. A jamboree does not count as a game against the 22-game limit. I. INDIVIDUAL PARTICIPATION LIMITATION When playing at the same level, students may participate in 6 periods of play per day or two games and there must be a two (2) hour time lapse between the time the athlete played in the fi rst game and the time they play in the second game. When playing at two different levels (i.e. varsity and jv) players are limited to 6 periods of play per day but are not required to have a time lapse between games. J. REPORTING SCHEDULES & RESULTS 1. A school coach, administrator or of fi cial team representative must create an account at the MaxPreps.com website and submit their varsity level team schedules. This must be done by the fi rst day of practice. This applies to all classi fi cations. 2. All scores must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website from the previous week by the following Tuesday 7:00 PM during the regular season. 3. All scores from the conference tournament must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website by Sunday, 8:00 AM. 4. Schools failing to meet these mandates will be given a warning for the fi rst offense, fi ned $200 for the second offense. K. FIRST NATIONAL CUP / STATE HOCKEY CHAMPIONSHIP 1. DATES Division II - February 4 - 6, 2027 Division I - February 11 - 13, 2027 2. SITE & HOST D II - Palmer MTA Ice Arena, Palmer Hosted by ASAA & Palmer High School D I - Sullivan Arena, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA & Sullivan Arenal 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT a. Type Elimination The tournaments are an eight team single elimination, consolation bracket. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 147 b. Championship Schedule A detailed schedule and bracket will be available online on the Hockey State Information page. c. At-Large Berths Division I and Division II at-large will be determined by the adopted RPI formula. d. Bracketing Division I and Division II seeding will be determined by the adopted RPI formula. 4. STATE ROSTERS Game Rosters may not exceed 20 players, but may vary from game to game, provided all players are listed on the of fi cial tournament roster. (See Article 7 Section 10 and State Championship Roster Policy). 5. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining hockey championship information (i.e. roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Hockey Coaches web page. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 6. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the Hockey coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 7. AWARDS a. First National Cup Traveling Trophy b. First and second place trophies c. 22 individual medallions for players, coaches, managers of the fi rst and second place teams d. Team Sportsmanship Award e. Academic Award f. Twelve All Tournament medallions for each division, awarded for outstanding tournament play, regardless of player position on the ice. g. Player of the game awarded to one player from each team each game h. Two Good Sport Team Members Per Team Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 148 HOCKEY DIVISION I (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Cook Inlet (4) Railbelt (2) Bartlett Colony Bettye Davis East Lathrop Chugiak Wasilla Dimond West Valley Eagle River Service South Anchorage West Anchorage At-large (2) (All non quali fi ed teams) DIVISION II (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Aurora (3) Northern Lights (3) Delta Junction Homer Houston Juneau-Douglas Monroe Catholic Kenai North Pole Kodiak Tri-Valley Palmer Soldotna At Large (2) (All non quali fi ed teams) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 149 MUSIC ALL CLASSIFICATIONS A. SEASON 2026-2027 SEASON Seasonal activity without limitation. B. ELIGIBILITY September 25, 2026 - All-State Music students entered on eligibility list April 16, 2027 - Solo & Ensemble students entered on eligibility list Participants must meet ASAA eligibility requirements. A Physical Examination, Concussion Information Form and Sudden Cardiac Arrest Form are not required. Participants names must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS). 1. Students must be enrolled in their school’s music program. Music programs shall include any music activity that is offered by the school and that has a performance objective, or any music performing class for which the school awards credit, whether or not that class is conducted at the school. 2. Students in an "alternative education program" as de fi ned in the ASAA General Handbook under Article 1 Section 8, must be enrolled in a corresponding music performing class at their School of Eligibility, at which they may be selected for participation through a competitive audition process. 3. ASAA may waive this requirement for students in the event that the individual’s school of eligibility does not offer a performing music class or the performing music class is in con fl ict with a required class by submitting the Student Eligibility Waiver Form for ASAA Music Festival Participation located in the Music Handbook C. ASAA MUSIC HANDBOOK - Authority and Con fl ict Resolution 1. Music Policy Authority The ASAA Music Policy governs all ASAA music activities. In the event of a con fl ict between this Music Policy and the ASAA Music Handbook, this Music Policy shall be the controlling authority. 2. Music Handbook Purpose The ASAA Music Handbook provides procedural and operational guidance and does not supersede ASAA Board-approved policy. 3. Executive Director Authority In the event of con fl ict, ambiguity, or dispute regarding the interpretation or application of Music Policy or the Music Handbook, the ASAA Executive Director shall have authority to resolve the matter. The Executive Director’s determination shall be fi nal unless otherwise directed by the ASAA Board of Directors. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 150 D. STUDENT FESTIVAL SUPERVISION Music directors are responsible for the supervision of students at all times while the participants are at the festival and must ensure that students are appropriately involved in festival activities. Students cannot participate at the state music festival without their festival badge, which must be given to the students by their school music director or their authorized representative and must be worn by each student for identi fi cation and safety. E. DEADLINES AND LATE SUBMISSIONS 1. Of fi cial Deadlines All deadlines for ASAA Music activities, including but not limited to intent forms, registrations, applications, auditions, eligibility submissions, required documentation, and payments, shall be established and published by ASAA. 2. Source and Notice of Deadlines Of fi cial deadlines will be posted on the ASAA Music Website and will communicated directly by ASAA to each school that participated in either All-State Music or the State Solo & Ensemble Festival the prior year. After which the Music directors, and participants are responsible for compliance with all published deadlines. 3. Late Submissions Late submissions may be accepted or denied at the discretion of ASAA. Payment of any assessed late fee does not guarantee acceptance or participation. 4. Late Submissions Fee Schedule Important Notes Fees are assessed per missed submission, not per school or event. Total late fees may be capped at $750 per school per event. Submissions include, but are not limited to: • registrations • repertoire lists • recordings • adjudication materials • eligibility forms • payment documentation Where the ASAA Music Handbook designates a deadline as a ‘hard deadline,’ such designation shall be interpreted in accordance with ASAA policy and administrative discretion.Requests for waivers due to exceptional circumstances (e.g., veri fi ed emergencies) must be submitted in writing within 48 hours of the missed deadline and are subject to ASAA approval. Fee Payment and Enforcement Late fees must be paid within 14 days of noti fi cation or prior to the event date, whichever occurs fi rst. Days Late Penalty 1–3 days $250 4–7 days $400 Over 7 days $500 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 151 Failure to resolve assessed fees may result in denial of participation in current or future ASAA Music events, consistent with ASAA administrative enforcement practices. F. ALL-STATE MUSIC FESTIVAL 1. DATE November 19- 21, 2026 2. SITE Rehearsals: Bartlett High School, Anchorage Concert: West Anchorage High School, Anchorage 3. DEADLINES: Auditions open - Monday September 7, 2026 at 8:00 AM Auditions close - Wednesday September 23, 2026 at 11:55PM Directors Registration form - Wednesday October 16, 2026 (form for each group they have students participating in) 4. SELECTION: a. Students are selected from auditions for four All-State Music groups: the All-State Band, All- State Mixed Choir, All-State Orchestra and All-State Treble Choir. Procedures and requirements for making the on-line auditions can be found on the Alaska Music Teacher Google drive. b. Group and section assignments (i.e. treble choir vs. mixed choir; fi rst clarinet, second clarinet, third clarinet, etc.) are based on submitted auditions. c. Chair placements (i.e. fi rst chair fi rst violin, fi rst chair fi rst fl ute, fi rst chair soprano I, etc.) for all groups are determined by live auditions using the festival music at the festival site. d. Students may submit no more than two auditions for different instruments and/or voices. They may also submit one voice and one instrument audition. If both auditions are chosen in the audition process, the higher scoring audition will be selected in consideration of the greater good needed for the performing groups. 5. FEES: The audition fee is $20 for each audition submitted, and the registration fee is $15 for each student who is selected to participate in the All-State Music Festival. ASAA will invoice each school after the festival. 6. RULES a. Each school should review the current ASAA Music Handbook for complete audition requirements, regulations and deadlines. b. INTENT FORM: The school music director should complete the on-line Intent Form . This will place the director on an email database for the 2026-2027 music season for receiving festival updates and information. This must be done before auditions can be uploaded as directors need to receive a password to enter the audition system. c. AUDITION REQUIREMENTS: Are located on the the Alaska Music Teacher Google drive. 7. AWARDS a. A Group Participant Pin and a certi fi cate for each participant 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 152 b. Individual medallions and a First Chair certi fi cate for the fi rst chairs of each section in each musical group. c. ACADEMIC AWARD for combined band, choir, orchestra participants with the highest school GPA. (Schools must have a minimum of fi ve (5) members to be eligible for the academic award) 8. FURTHER DETAILS AND FORMS Additional details and forms can be found on the Alaska Music Teacher Google drive. H. SOLO & ENSEMBLE MUSIC FESTIVAL 1. DATE May 7 - 8, 2027 2. SITE Adjudications: University of Alaska Anchorage Fine Arts Building Command Performance: Bettye Davis East High School May 7 & 8, 2027 3. DEADLINES: Application Deadline: All regions are to complete their regional or qualifying Solo & Ensemble festivals by April 17, 2027 Applications for Regional Festivals completed in February or March must be uploaded by April 5, 2027 Applications for all other Regional Festivals must be uploaded by April 21, 2027 4. SELECTION a. Students must pre-qualify for the State Solo & Ensemble Music Festival by receiving a "1" or "Superior" rating at their regional or another qualifying music festival. b. If a regional or qualifying music festival is not available or the student is not able to participate in that festival because of extenuating circumstances or their category is not available, the applicant may qualify by submitting a Special Need for On-Line Audition for their selected instrument or voice category. The on-line audition must: 1. Include a completed Special Need for On-Line Audition Application. DUE February17 2027 2. Include letters from the student’s school music director & the regional or qualifying music festival chairman petitioning the cause for why this exception should be allowed 3. Provide a copy of the music to be performed in the audition emailed to the ASAA music coordinator. (The music needs to be labeled with school and student identi fi cation and with all measures numbered.) 4. Audition will be completed and uploaded in March 2027 (Directors will work directly with the music coordinator) c. All entries submitted in this manner will be handled on an individual basis. The decision of the adjudicator will be fi nal. The On-Line Audition will be adjudicated and the applicant will be noti fi ed by April 5 as to whether or not they qualify for the state music festival. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 153 See the Music Handbook for further guidelines and information if using this procedure. 5. FEES: a. There is an entry fee of $15 per participant regardless of the number of events entered by a student. There are no refunds. Accompanists are not required to pay entrance fees. b. The following additional fees will be assessed if applicable: $20 fee for each on-line audition submitted. $40 fee for the use of a Festival Accompanist, which includes one rehearsal, the adjudication, and a Command Performance, if applicable. If a festival accompanist is needed for more rehearsal time, the school is responsible for making these arrangements with the festival accompanist and paying an additional $40 fee for each half hour of time. c. Fees do not need to accompany the applications. ASAA will invoice all schools at the conclusion of the festival. 6. RULES a. Each school should review the current ASAA Music Handbook for complete audition requirements, regulations and deadlines. b. APPLICATION DEADLINE: All regions are to complete their regional or qualifying Solo & Ensemble festivals by April 17, 2027. c. APPLICATION FORMS: Directors are to submit their applications online using OPUS contest. 1. SOLO APPLICATION – for all solo entries. 2. ENSEMBLE APPLICATION – for all ensemble entries involving students from one school. 3. EXHIBITION APPLICATION – for all ensemble entries involving students from more than one school. 7. COMMAND PERFORMANCE: The State Solo & Ensemble Festival will close with a Command Performance Concert by selected students nominated by the adjudicators on both Friday and Saturday evenings. An Exhibition ensemble (ensemble entries involving students from more than one school) may not be awarded a Command Performance over an ensemble entry involving students from one school , unless the Exhibition ensemble is the only ensemble awarded a Superior Rating . 8. SCHEDULE: A general schedule of the vocal and instrumental adjudication time blocks can be found in the Music Handbook and on the ASAA web site. Students need to be available for all days of the adjudication process as some instruments will only occur on one day while others will appear on both days. 9. AWARDS a. Each participant will receive a Participant certi fi cate. b. Each participant receiving a Superior Rating for any event, will receive a Superior Pin. c. ACADEMIC AWARD for highest school GPA. (School must have a minimum of fi ve (5) musicians to be eligible for the Academic Award.) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 154 10. FURTHER DETAILS AND FORMS Additional details/forms can be found on the ASAA website Music page and on the Alaska Music Teacher Google drive. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 155 NORDIC SKI ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation on girls’ teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON 2026-2027 SEASON October 28, 2026 - First Practice November 12, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). February 20, 2027- Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school nordic ski teams while they are members of a school nordic ski team. D. RULES 1. The Ski and Snowboard Association (USSA), and International Ski Federation (FIS) Rules, will be utilized with some modi fi cations/additions as noted in the ASAA Nordic Ski Manual. 2. An ineligible student shall not compete alongside eligible students in any interscholastic Nordic Ski Race. This includes students that have not met the minimum practice requirement or who are otherwise restricted from competition under ASAA bylaws. For the purposes of this rule, “compete” means skiing in the same race or heat as eligible student-athletes representing their schools. Ineligible students may participate in separate, non-scored training events or time trials arranged outside of of fi cial competition, provided such activities are clearly distinguished from sanctioned races and do not involve athletes representing other schools. NOTE: Considering the signi fi cant health risk and pressing environmental concerns associated with fl uorine waxes, ASAA requires all nordic ski programs abstain from the use of Fluoro waxes. E. CONFERENCES Nordic Ski teams are not currently categorized into conferences. F. MAXIMUM MEETS ASAA has no limitations on total number of meets allowed for either teams or individuals. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 156 G. STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. DATE February 25 - February 27, 2027 2. SITE & HOST Kincaid Park, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA, Dimond High School & NSAA 3. CHAMPIONSHIP RACE FORMAT a. State Qualifying The ASAA Nordic Ski Championship is a single classi fi cation event in which all schools are entered and compete together. All schools that have programs are invited to send one Nordic Ski team of six individuals and one Girls Nordic Ski team of six individuals. Schools can send less than a complete team if they wish. Schools may also send up to four adaptive skiers. They must notify ASAA by February 1, 2026 if they are bringing a Paralympic or a Sit skier. Team members will be selected by the head coach with no speci fi c qualifying criteria other than normal ASAA eligibility rules. b. Competition The state championships are held over a three day period with one race for Nordic Ski and Girls Nordic Ski teams each day. Races include two individual competitions and one relay competition. The style of races (classic or free) will alternate each year. c. Race Order Schedule ODD YEARS: Day 1: Individual Classic Race (5K) Day 2: Mass Start Freestyle Race (7.5K) Day 3: Team Relays (4 x 3K) EVEN YEARS: Day 1: Individual Freestyle Race (5K) Day 2: Mass Start Classic Race (7.5K) Day 3: Team Relays (4 x 3K) 4. SEEDING PROCEDURE There will be 6 seed groups for each individual race. Only one skier per team may be placed in each group. The head coach will assign each skier to a group. The start order for the groups will be in numerical order. The group number does not indicate a skier’s ability level. If the coach prefers the best skier to ski last, then that skier should be entered in group #6. Start positions for the mass starts will be determined by the results of the individual races. Start positions for the relay will be assigned based upon the team rankings after the fi rst two days’ events. 5. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining Nordic skiing championship information (i.e. roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Nordic Ski Coaches web page. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 6. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 157 All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the Nordic Ski coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • Nordic Ski State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 7.AWARDS a. First and second place trophies b. Eight Individual Medallions for skiers, coaches, managers of the fi rst and second place teams c. Team Sportsmanship Award d. Academic Award e. 10 Individual Medallions for the fi rst 10 fi nishers in each race f. Four fi rst place and second place medallions of the fi rst and second place relay teams g. Skimeister Award h. First place plaque for the top Division II team (1-500 students) i. Three Individual Medallions for the fi rst three Division II fi nishers j. Individual medallion for the top 2 male and female fi nishers in each adaptive skier category k. One Good Sport Team Member Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season l. 10 All-State Team Certi fi cates 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 158 RIFLE ALL CLASSIFICATIONS A. SEASON

July 29, 2026 - First Practice August 13, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). October 3, 2026 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school fl ag football teams while they are members of a school fl ag football team. D. RULES National Federation of High School (NFHS) Flag Football rules apply with state adopted modi fi cation. 1. Field Size: Diagram #3 of the NFHS Flag Football rule book. The team box uses the 25-yard line 2. ASAA Mercy Rule: Upon reaching a 25 or more point differential at the end of the third quarter or thereafter, a running clock will be used. Once begun, the running clock will be stopped only for team, of fi cial, or injury timeouts and a score. 3 . ASAA Tie Breaker Procedure : At the end of regulation when the score is tied: • The of fi cials will conduct a coin toss with the team captains. • The winner of the toss will have the following options: • Offense • Defense • Designating which end of the fi eld the ball will be put in play • The loser of the coin toss will choose from the remaining options. • To start the  overtime, the offensive team shall put the ball in play, fi rst and goal, on the defensive team’s 10-yard line or succeeding spot if carry-over penalty has been administered anywhere between the hash marks. • The line to gain is always the goal line regardless of whether or not a penalty enforcement places the ball more than 10 yards from the goal line to start a new series. • The fi rst offensive team shall have a series of four downs. That series shall be terminated by any score by the offensive team. If the defensive team gains possession, the ball becomes dead immediately and the offensive team’s series of downs is ended. • If the team on offense scores a touchdown, it is entitled to the opportunity for a try (1 pt or 2 pts) unless the points would not affect the outcome of the game or playoff qualifying. • After the fi rst team on offense has completed its series of downs, the fi rst team on defense will become the offensive team with the ball in its possession at the same 10-yard line anywhere 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 132 between the hash marks. The same end of the fi eld will be used for possessions by both teams during the two sets of downs to ensure equal game conditions and conserve time. • If the score remains tied after each team has been given one series of downs in an  overtime  period, then the procedure shall be repeated with other  overtime  periods until a game winner is determined. • The loser of the  fi rst overtime  coin toss will be given fi rst choice of the options. • Offense • Defense • If additional  overtime  periods are required, then fi rst options will be alternated with no coin toss. • No try will be attempted if the winner of the game has been determined. E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences (See Flag Football Conferences). Conferences are responsible for setting their own bylaws and policies. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. (i.e. State quali fi ers, tournament results, fi nal seeds) F. MAXIMUM GAMES A maximum of 20 games exclusive of a playoff system. G. JAMBOREE All players must have fi ve (5) separate days of practice prior to the fi rst day of the Jamboree. One quarter or 12 minutes maximum against each team in the jamboree. A team may play in only one jamboree each season. A jamboree does not count as a game against the 20 game limit. H. INDIVIDUAL PARTICIPATION LIMITATION When playing at two different levels (i.e. varsity and jv) players are limited to 6 quarters of play per day exclusive of invitational, conference and state tournaments. When playing at the same level, there must be a two-hour time lapse between the end of one game and the beginning of the next game. The maximum amount of games a player may participate in a given day is three. I. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP 1. DATE October 8-10, 2026 2. SITE & HOST Wasilla High School, Wasilla Hosted by ASAA and Wasilla High School 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT a. Type Elimination The tournament is an eight team single elimination, consolation bracket. b. Championship Schedule A detailed schedule and bracket will be available online on the Flag Football State Information page. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 133 c. Conference Berths (See Flag Football Conferences) d. Bracket Rotations 2026-2027 2027-2028 Cook Inlet #1 vs. Railbelt #3 Railbelt #1 vs. Cook Inlet #3 Railbelt #2 vs. Cook Inlet #3 Cook Inlet #2 vs. Railbelt #3 Cook Inlet #2 vs. Cook Inlet #4 Cook Inlet #1 vs. At-Large Railbelt #1 vs. At-Large Railbelt #2 vs. Cook Inlet #4 e. Tie Breaker All consolation games played on Friday that are tied at the end of regulation will use a modi fi ed tie breaker 4. STATE ROSTERS Game Rosters may not exceed 30 players, but may vary from game to game, provided all players are listed on the of fi cial tournament roster. (See Article 7 Section 10 and State Championship Roster Policy). 5. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining fl ag football championship information (i.e. roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Flag Football State Information webpage. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 6. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the Flag Football coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 7. AWARDS a. First and second place trophies b. Individual medallions for players, coaches, managers, of the fi rst and second place teams c. Team Sportsmanship Award d. Academic Award e. 12 All-Tournament Team medallions awarded for outstanding tournament play, regardless of player position on the fi eld. f. Player of the game awarded to one player from each team each game g. Two Good Sport Team Members Per Team Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 134 FLAG FOOTBALL CONFERENCES Cook Inlet (4) Bartlett Bettye Davis East Chugiak Dimond Eagle River Service South Anchorage West Anchorage Railbelt (3) Colony Houston Lathrop North Pole Palmer Redington Wasilla West Valley At-Large Berth (1) To be determined by the RPI 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 135 FOOTBALL (11-PLAYER) ALL CLASSIFICATIONS A. SEASON

Mid-February, 2027 - Enrollment Closes End January - Mid-February, 2027 - Preseason Mid-February - End of March, 2027 - Regular Season April, 2027 - Playoffs and Championships B. ELIGIBILITY Participants must meet ASAA eligibility requirements. A Physical Examination, Concussion Information Form and Sudden Cardiac Arrest Form are not required. Participants names must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS). C. SANCTIONED GAMES 1. League of Legends 3. Madden NFL 2. Rocket League 4. Super Smash Bro D. MATCH DAYS/TIMES Game Day Time League of Legends Tuesdays 4:00 PM Super Smash Bro Wednesdays 4:00 PM Rocket League Thursdays 4:00 PM Madden NFL Thursdays 4:00 PM E. RULES 1.PlayVs will coordinate the program 2. Schools may only have one varsity level team for each game. Schools may have multiple sub- varsity teams. Sub-varsity teams will not advance into the playoffs. F. CONFERENCES Esports is not categorized into conferences. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 130 G. MAXIMUM MEETS ASAA has no limitations on total number of meets allowed for either teams or individuals. H. STATE COMPETITION 1. DATE Fall Season - None Spring Season - Month of April 2. SITE & HOST Hosted by ASAA & PlayVs 3. AWARDS a. First and second place trophies b. Individual medallions for players, coaches managers of the fi rst and second place teams. c. Academic Award (All teams participating in playoffs). d. Two Good Sport Team Member for each team in the fi nals Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 131 FLAG FOOTBALL GIRLS - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation on girls’ teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON

March 3, 2027 - First Practice March 25, 2027 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). May 29, 2027 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school softball teams while they are members of a school softball team. D. RULES 1. National Federation of High School (NFHS) Softball rules apply. 2. ASAA Supplemental Rules a. Mercy Rule : The game shall end when either team is 15 runs behind after three innings, 12 runs behind after four innings, or eight runs behind after fi ve innings. b. Called Game: When a game is called by an umpire before the completion of the required number of innings, the game is declared a “no game”. The game can be replayed. c. Suspended Game: A game called for any reason by an umpire after the required number of innings, where a winner cannot be determined (i.e. home team is behind and has not batted or score is tied) will be treated as a suspended game. The game shall continue from the point of suspension at a later time. The lineup and the batting order of each team will remain exactly the same as when the game was suspended. If a winner can be determined (both teams have equal at-bats or home team is ahead) the team that is ahead is declared the winner. If the game ends in a tie and the suspended game cannot be completed because of scheduling con fl icts the game is considered a tie game. d. Tie Breaker : If, after the completion of seven innings of play, the score is tied, the following tie-breaker rule will be played to determine a winning team. Starting with the top of the eighth inning, and each half inning thereafter, the offensive team shall begin its turn at bat with the player who is scheduled to bat last in that respective half inning being placed on second base (if the number fi ve batter is the lead off batter, the number four batter in the line up will be placed on second base). A substitute may be inserted for the runner. e. ASAA allows the use of the double fi rst base in softball 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 166 E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences (See Softball Conferences). Conferences are responsible for setting their own bylaws and policies. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. (i.e. State quali fi ers, tournament results, fi nal seeds) F. MAXIMUM GAMES A team may play 22 regular season games exclusive of conference or state championships. Additional games may be played under the Endowment Game guidelines. Invitational Tournaments and “Pool Play” Tournaments: Each team is permitted to attend tournaments during the regular season. When playing in a Pool Play tournament, each day will only count as 1 game towards the 22-match game limit. A Pool Play tournament is de fi ned as a tournament with games limited to no more than 65 minutes (allowing the teams to fi nish the inning). The mercy rule will be in effect in both invitational and pool play tournaments. G. ENDOWMENT GAMES ASAA encourages each school’s team sports to play Endowment Games during the season above and beyond the 22 game/match limit. Additional Endowment Games may be played each season. (Article 7 Section 9) School teams may play Endowment Games at any time during the regular season, beginning with the date of the fi rst contest and extending to the start of the conference tournament. Endowment Games do count in a team’s overall season record for at large and seeding purposes. Schools wishing to host Endowment Games must apply in writing to ASAA by submitting the “Endowment Game Application Form” no later than one week prior to the game. Under no circumstances may an Endowment Game be played until this form has been signed by ASAA and returned to the participating schools. ASAA will invoice the responsible school $100 for each game. H. JAMBOREE REGULATIONS All players must have fi ve (5) separate days of practice prior to the fi rst day of the Jamboree. It shall include three (3) or more teams. A team is limited to no more than six (6) innings total with no more than two (2) innings against any other team. A team may only play in one jamboree each season. A jamboree does not count as a game against the 22 game limit. I. REPORTING SCHEDULES & RESULTS 1. A school coach, administrator or of fi cial team representative must create an account at the MaxPreps.com website and submit their varsity level team schedules. This must be done by the fi rst day of practice. This applies to all classi fi cations. 2. All scores must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website from the previous week by the following Tuesday 7:00 PM during the regular season. 3. All scores from the conference tournament must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website by Sunday, 8:00 AM. 4. Schools failing to meet these mandates will be given a warning for the fi rst offense, fi ned $200 for the second offense. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 167 J. STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. DATE June 3-5, 2027 2. SITE & HOST Cartee Fields, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA and the Anchorage Sports Association 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT a. Type of Elimination 3 day tournament, Day 1 pool play which seeds a double elimination bracket on day 2 & 3. b. Championship Schedule A detailed schedule and bracket will be available online on the Softball State Information page. c. Conference Berths (See Softball Conferences) d. Pool Play Rotation Division I - 8 teams Once quali fi ers are determined teams will be placed into two pools using the RPI Pool A Pool B #3 v #5 #4 v #6 #1 v #7 #2 v #8 L1 v L2 L1 v L2 W1 v W2 W1 v W2 Division II - 6 teams 2026-2027 A1 Northern Lights #1 B1 Mid Alaska #1 A2 Mid Alaska #2 B2 Northern Lights #2 A3 Northern Lights #3 B3 At-Large team 2027-2028 A1 Mid Alaska #1 B1 Northern Lights #1 A2 Northern Lights #2 B2 Mid Alaska #2 A3 Northern Lights #3 B3 At-Large team 4. STATE ROSTERS Game Rosters may not exceed 18 players, but may vary from game to game, provided all players are listed on the of fi cial tournament roster. (See Article 7 Section 10 and State Championship Roster Policy). 5. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining Softball Championship information (i.e. supplemental rules, roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Softball Coaches web page. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 6. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 168 All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the Softball coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 7. AWARDS a. First and second place trophies b. 20 individual medallions for players, coaches, managers of the fi rst and second place teams c. Team Sportsmanship Award d. Academic Award e. Nine All-Tournament medallions awarded for outstanding tournament play, regardless of player position on the fi eld. f. Player of the game awarded to one player from each team each game g. Two Good Sport Team Members Per Team Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 169 SOFTBALL CONFERENCES DIVISION I (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Cook Inlet (4) Railbelt (2) Southeast (2) Bartlett Colony Juneau-Douglas Bettye Davis East Lathrop Ketchikan Chugiak Wasilla Sitka Dimond West Valley Eagle River Service South Anchorage West Anchorage DIVISION II (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Mid Alaska (2) Northern Lights (3) At-Large (1) Delta Junction Homer Hutchison Houston Monroe Catholic Kenai Central North Pole Kodiak Palmer Redington Soldotna NOTE: In the event either DII conference drops to 3 or less teams, then that conference will be reduced to one automatic quali fi er with the rest, of their berths becoming at-large berths. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 170 STUDENT GOVERNMENT ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Student government activities are organized by the Alaska Association of Student Governments (AASG). Sponsored by the Alaska School Activities Association, AASG is governed by a student executive board consisting of of fi cers and region representatives. ASAA member schools join AASG by paying yearly dues. For more information about AASG programs and membership, visit http://www.aasg.org or call the ASAA of fi ce, (907) 563-3723. AASG MISSION The purpose of the Alaska Association of Student Governments (AASG) is to provide experience in leadership and communication and to provide a student voice on issues at the local, state and national levels. AASG GOALS 1. To promote leadership, character, integrity, cooperation and unity across Alaska’s diverse cultures. 2. To promote student leadership and political action through statewide conferences. 3. To provide a collective voice for Alaska students regarding educational, political and other pertinent issues. 4. To provide opportunities for member schools to experience responsibility, growth and program organization by hosting an AASG conference. 5. To expose students to a variety of Alaska communities and lifestyles by rotating the location of AASG conferences. 6. To provide forums for students to experience the bene fi ts, issues and pride involved with community service. 7. To provide a forum for student autonomy through a student-led organization. A. SEASON 2026-2027 season July 29, 2026 - June 6, 2027 B. ELIGIBILITY AASG requires that participants meet all ASAA eligibility requirements when participating at the state level. No physical exam is required for participation. Schools pay yearly dues so that students can participate. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 171 C. AASG STATE CONFERENCES 1. FALL Conference Date: TBD Location: TBD Eligibility list due:TBD (Article 12 Section 10) 2. SPRING Conference Date: April 23-25, 2026 Location: Juneau-Douglas High School, Juneau Eligibility list due Friday, April 16, 2026 (Article 12 Section 10) NOTE: Executive Board (E-Board) members and advisors must arrive a day early for all conferences. D. SUPPLEMENTAL SUMMER ACTIVITIES Numerous student and advisor activities are available during the summer months. Schools are encouraged to participate, however the cost to attend will be the responsibility of the school or individual. Conferences endorsed by AASG are: National Association of Student Councils (mid to late June), the Association of Washington Student Leaders Conference and the National Federation of State High School Associations National Student Leadership Summit (supported by NFHS and ASAA). 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 172 SWIM & DIVE ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation on girls’ teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON

Section 1 A student-athlete, or student-activity participant becomes eligible for nomination fi ve years following the date of his/her high school graduation. For exceptions, see Section 5 of this Article. • A graduate of any current or former ASAA member school is eligible for nomination. A graduate of any diploma granting Alaskan high school that predated ASAA’s establishment in 1956 is also eligible for nomination. • A student-athlete must have earned a minimum of two varsity letters in one sport, one letter in two sports, or brought recognition to the school by his/her high school athletic or activity accomplishments. • An activity participant must have been a multi-year participant in interscholastic activities at his/her high school. • An outstanding career as a student-athlete/activity participant must be followed by an exemplary life of community service and good character which re fl ects credit to the person, the school and society. • Exemplary academic achievement shall be considered a desirable quali fi cation. Section 2 A coach, activity sponsor, contest of fi cial or school administrator becomes eligible for nomination fi ve years after leaving high school interscholastic service or upon reaching the age of 65 by the nomination deadline. For exceptions, see Section 5 of this Article. There must be evidence of an outstanding career in the area of nomination and the candidate must have had a direct and signi fi cant impact on high school athletics and / or activities. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 63 Section 3 Someone other than a student-athlete / activity participant, coach, activity sponsor, contest of fi cial or administrator is eligible for nomination within the Major Contributor Category providing he /she has made an extraordinary contribution that results in a signi fi cant bene fi t or re fl ects great credit to the school or to ASAA. The Selection Committee may recognize an organization or individual for exceptional service by awarding the Lifetime Achievement Award. Section 4 No more than twelve individuals will be selected annually. There is no limit to the number of times a person may be nominated. No member, while serving as an appointed member on the Selection Committee, shall be eligible for nomination. If the Selection Committee chooses to give the Lifetime Achievement or Major Contributor/Sponsor Award, it may be above and beyond the limit of awards as stated above in this section. Section 5 Selection criteria regarding the lapse of time prior to nomination of a candidate may be waived by a 75 percent af fi rmative vote of the Selection Committee when exceptional circumstances warrant such a waiver. Exceptional circumstances may include, but are not limited to, death, illness, a disabling injury, completion of a lengthy career, national or other extraordinary honor, or other circumstances approved by the selection committee.

Secondary schools of Alaska are de fi ned as schools, public or private, with grades 7 through 12 or any combination of those grades. Section 1 - Eligible Schools A. Any state public school district, or if not a part of a state public school district, accredited or state approved secondary school may become a member of the Association by paying the applicable annual dues. Being a member constitutes recognition by the member of the Association’s authority over the membership and agreement to comply fully with the Association’s Bylaws and policies. B. A high school is de fi ned as a school which offers grades 9 through 12 or any combination thereof. C. A junior high school or middle school is de fi ned as a school which offers grades 6 through 9 or any combination thereof. D. On or before May 1 of each year participating schools of member school districts and other member schools must declare whether they will participate with grades 9, 10, 11 and 12 or 10, 11, and 12 and whether they will participate with grades 7 and 8, or 7, 8, and 9, if at all. E. The Board of Directors will hear any request for an organizational structure other than those mentioned above should a school district organize its secondary school or schools on a different basis. Section 2 - Membership De fi nition A. Member Schools: A school district’s membership status applies to all units for which the district has made application and paid the applicable annual dues. Each of these school units is considered a “member school” for the purposes of the Constitution. B. The Board of Directors may establish additional membership classi fi cations and determine the status of such classi fi cations. Non-Voting Members: The chief school administrator of each member district shall be a non-voting member of the Association 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 13

Section 1 - Conduct of Activities A. All school sponsored interscholastic sports, events and activities of member schools must be conducted in accordance with the Association’s Constitution and Bylaws, sport or activity rules and policies, the Activities Guide and Championship Handbook, the Music Handbook, and the Debate, Drama and Forensics Handbook. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 19 B. Member schools shall follow the Bylaws and rules as adopted and set forth by the Association. Section 2 - Conforming to Rules A. Bylaws, including eligibility rules, contest rules, and Board of Directors policies may not be waived by consent between or among member schools. B. As used in these Bylaws, “rule” includes the Bylaws. Section 3 - Violations and Disputes A. All cases in which there exists a reasonable belief that a rules violation has or will occur must be reported to the Executive Director in writing. All materials pertinent to the case shall be submitted for consideration. Any requests by the Executive Director for additional information pertaining to rule violations shall be promptly supplied by affected students, coaches, and member schools. In considering evidence provided in favor or opposed to the determination of a rule violation, and in investigating the matter, the Executive Director shall not be bound by the technical rules relating to evidence and witnesses. Relevant evidence will be considered if it is the sort of evidence on which responsible persons are accustomed to rely on in the conduct of serious affairs, regardless of the existence of a common law or statutory rule that makes improper the admission of the evidence over objection in a civil action. Written decisions will be made by the Executive Director setting forth fi ndings of fact, conclusions based on the Association’s Constitution and Bylaws, other relevant Federal or State law, and shall include any resulting order. Such fi ndings, conclusions and orders shall be submitted to all appropriate and relevant parties within twenty-one (21) calendar days after the receipt of all materials. B. All questions in dispute must be submitted to the Executive Director. The Executive Director’s decision is fi nal unless appealed to the Appeals Board. C. Self-Reporting: A member school shall report its own violation for any infraction of the Bylaws or policies. Some degree of leniency, including waiver of minimum mandatory fi nancial and other penalties, may be made in self-reporting cases since the majority of such infractions may not otherwise come to light. Game or contest forfeitures as stated in Article 12 Section 1, shall not be waived in cases of self- reporting, unless the school was given incorrect information from the student, parent or guardian. In these instances, the association may waive the game or contest forfeitures. D. A protest by a member school under Section 4 of this Article constitutes a report of a rule violation under Section 3 and is governed by the procedure under Section 3, in addition to those in Section 4. Section 4 - Protests Against Member Schools A member school entering a protest against another school shall submit to the Executive Director, in writing, a full statement of the facts relating to the alleged violation committed by the offending school. A protest must be accompanied by written authorization from the superintendent of the protesting school or district. The Executive Director shall submit copies of the complaint to the superintendent or principal of the accused school. The accused school shall present its case in writing to the Executive Director within twenty-one (21) calendar days after receipt of the complaint. After reviewing the submitted materials, the Executive Director shall render a decision within twenty-one (21) calendar days. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 20

Section 1 Candidates to be inducted into the Alaska High School Hall of Fame will be selected by a Selection Committee. The Committee shall be composed of fi ve Standing Members and eight Appointed Members. There shall be sensitivity to the gender balance of the committee as well as representation of the different areas of athletics and activities. Six Appointed Members will represent each of the six regions of the state, and two Appointed Members will be at-large. Appointed Members shall serve two-year terms on a staggered rotation basis. Appointed Members shall serve no more than 2 consecutive full terms. If a vacancy occurs before an Appointed Member’s term has expired, a new member shall be appointed to fi ll the unexpired term and the time served to complete the term will not affect the member’s opportunity to subsequently serve 2 consecutive full terms. Standing Members shall serve inde fi nitely representing four geographical areas of the state: Southeast, South central, Western/Northwestern, and Interior. These individuals may include current or retired coaches, school administrators, athletic/activity directors, corporate sponsors, contest of fi cials or others who have made a signi fi cant contribution to interscholastic athletics/activities in Alaska. The Executive Director or designee shall serve as a non-voting ex-of fi cio member of the Committee. Section 2 The Executive Director will appoint committee members with approval of the Board of Directors and consultation with current members of the Committee. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 64 Section 3 The Selection Committee shall select a chairperson each year from among its membership. The chairperson will be responsible for setting meeting dates and times, and for administering the research and selection process. Section 4 A quorum of the committee is 50 percent of the seated members at that time. Once a quorum is established, a candidate must receive a 75 percent af fi rmative vote of the Selection Committee. In the case where more than the maximum number of individuals receive the required 75 percent, the Selection Committee will rank order those nominees to make a fi nal determination. In order to vote committee members must attend the meeting physically or via telecommunications. Proxy votes from absent Selection Committee members will not be allowed. Members not in attendance may give input, but not vote. Regions may send an alternate representative by contacting the ASAA Executive Director in advance.

Section 1 - Appeals from Executive Director Decisions to Appeals Board A. Within twenty-one (21) calendar days of receipt of a decision of the Executive Director, a member school or an individual may appeal such decision by requesting, in writing, that the case be presented to the Board of Directors, which shall act as the Appeals Board. When requested by an individual student or by the parent or guardian of the student, the student’s school shall submit the student’s appeal to the Appeals Board. B. The written appeal shall speci fi cally set forth the grounds for the appeal, and include all relevant factual matters and citations to applicable provisions of the Association’s Constitution and Bylaws, and to State or Federal statutes or constitutions. C. The Appeals Board shall not be bound by the provisions of this section in an appeal of a game suspension of a player, or of a coach, when the suspension resulted from a game ejection which was based on the judgement call of a contest of fi cial. The Appeals Board will hear an appeal of a game suspension under this section, only, if the game ejection which caused the suspension, was a result of a misapplication of a rule. A misapplication of a rule which results in a game ejection, must be reported to ASAA by the contest of fi cial, by no later than noon of the next business day following the end of a contest, with a subsequent follow-up in writing. Section 2 - Appeals Board Procedures A. Upon receipt of an appeal, the Executive Director shall promptly transmit to Appeals Board members a copy of the Executive Director’s decision from which the appeal is taken, all relevant documents upon which the Executive Director’s decision was based, copies of the applicable provisions of the Association’s Constitution and Bylaws, State or Federal statutes or constitutions upon which the Executive Director’s decision was based, and copies of all written materials provided by the appellant in support of the appeal. The Appeals Board may receive additional evidence not considered by the Executive Director. All additional evidence submitted by the appealing party, including evidence submitted in response to any requests by the Appeals Board for additional information pertaining to the appeal, shall be promptly supplied by the affected student, member school or school personnel. B. The Appeals Board may review the appeal and render a decision thereon on the basis of only the written materials provided to it in connection with the appeal. Oral hearings are not a matter of right, but may be granted, in the discretion of the Appeals Board, upon request by the appellant student or school, by the Executive Director, or by the Appeals Board itself, for good cause shown. A hearing, if granted, will be held during the next regular meeting of the ASAA Board of Directors, unless an expedited hearing is granted. C. The appellant may request that the Board of Appeals conduct an expedited oral hearing. Such a request will be promptly reviewed by the Chair of the Appeals Board, who will approve or deny the request. If approved, an expedited oral hearing will be scheduled at the earliest available time consistent with the requirement that a quorum of the Appeals Board be present. An expedited hearing may be conducted by teleconference or video conference. When an expedited hearing is requested, the Appeals Board will assess the appellant a $250 fee to cover expenses. If the decision of Executive Director is overturned by the Appeals Board, the fee will be reimbursed. D. All hearings conducted by the Appeals Board will be held in executive session. Audio recordings of hearings will be made by the Association. Deliberations of the Appeals Board following hearings will be in executive session, which will not be recorded. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 21 E. The Executive Director will participate in the hearing for the purpose of providing information but will be excluded from participating in deliberations. Once the Appeals Board has reached its decision, it may invite the Executive Director to join the Board prior to moving out of Executive Session, if the Board decides that it needs assistance with the wording of the decision. F. In considering evidence provided in favor of or in opposition to the appeal, including written documents, and, if applicable, testimony at any hearing, the Appeals Board shall not be bound by the technical rules relating to evidence and witnesses. Relevant evidence will be considered if it is the sort of evidence upon which responsible persons are accustomed to rely in the conduct of serious affairs, regardless of the existence of a common law or statutory rule that makes improper the admission of the evidence over objection into civil action. Issues regarding consideration of evidence will be resolved by the Chair of the Appeals Board, unless a member of the Board objects to the Chair’s ruling, in which case the evidentiary issue will be resolved by majority vote of the Appeals Board. Any such ruling pertaining to evidence or testimony submitted at a hearing shall be made during the hearing. G. Following its deliberations, the Appeals Board shall make a written decision setting forth its fi ndings of fact, conclusions based on the Association’s Constitution, Bylaws and/or any other relevant Federal or State law, and shall include any resulting order. Such fi ndings, conclusions and order shall be entered no later than twenty-one (21) calendar days after the Appeals Board’s receipt of all materials and any additional information submitted in response to a request by the Board, and shall be signed by the Chair or, in the Chair’s absence, by an alternate Chair selected by the Appeals Board. H. All decisions of the Appeals Board will be promptly transmitted by facsimile to the affected school and mailed to the home addresses, as provided by the school, of the affected student and the student’s parent or guardian. The decision shall contain an express notice that it constitutes a fi nal decision of the Appeals Board and that any party wishing to appeal the decision to the Superior Court for the State of Alaska must fi le such an appeal within thirty (30) days from the date of the decision. Section 3 - Appeals Concerning Students in Alternative Education Programs: For purposes of Article 4 and appeals procedures, references to the “student’s school” or the “affected school” shall include the public school, or the private or religious school wherein an alternative education program student participates in interscholastic activity pursuant to Article 12 Section 2.C. Section 4 - Appeals from Board of Directors Actions: Actions taken by the Board of Directors are not subject to the appeal procedure in Article 4. Actions taken by the Board of Directors includes, but is not limited to, adoption of new policies, changes to policies, adoption of schedules and calendars, and amendment of the Bylaws. Individuals or schools wishing to change an action taken by the Board of Directors are encouraged to contact their Board Representative.

Phone: (907) 563-3723 Fax: (907) 561-0720 or (907) 563-3739 Email: contactus@asaa.org Website: http://www.asaa.org Member of the National Federation of State High School Associations since 1956 Mission (Revised October 2022) Provide and promote opportunities through activities for all Alaska Students. Vision (Revised October 2022) Alaska students become lifelong learners who are engaged in their communities and active contributors to society. #winforlife Values Integrity, respect, perseverance, leadership, teamwork, inclusivity Services ASAA is responsible for sanctioning 36 activities ranging from fall, winter and spring sports, to music, art, drama, debate, language and student government. ASAA sets competitive seasons, sponsors state competitions, regulates sports of fi cials and provides eligibility criteria for students. Speci fi cally, ASAA does the following: • Provides awards, in each state competition, and an academic champion. • Sponsors the Alaska Association of Student Governments (AASG). • Tests and certi fi es of fi cials in various sports. • Trains and certi fi es coaches in various sports and trains music adjudicators. • Enforces standard rules and regulations associated with each competition. • Supplies rule books and audio-visual training materials. • Sanctions out-of-state travel for interscholastic competition. • Promotes sportsmanship and a cooperative spirit among member schools, coaches, student athletes and communities. • Works to prevent exploitation of student athletes by special interest groups. • Manages a current website ( http://asaa.org ) which provides information and services to all its member schools and administrators as well as coaches and of fi cials associations. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 5 History of ASAA (Condensed Version • Revised June 2014) ASAA’s roots predate statehood. In the early 1950s, school leaders in the Territory of Alaska recognized the need to separate the high school basketball program from the local town business leagues. William Zahradnicek of Palmer, and W.W. Lahnum and Gordon Guffey of Anchorage, joined forces to organize the Western Alaska High School Activities Association with a mandate to ensure the necessary educational leadership. Sterling Sears of Juneau and Les Wingard and J.E. Danielson of Ketchikan were moving ahead at the same time to form the Southeast Alaska Activities Association. In 1956, the Territorial Department of Education Superintendents Advisory Commission determined the need for an organization that could establish common rules and regulations to guide the activities of the two associations. In the Fall of 1957, the commission approved the Constitution and Bylaws of the Alaska High School Activities Association (ASAA). Of fi cers representing the two divisions were elected. The fi rst Board of Control consisted of William Zahradnicek, Palmer, as Chairman, J.E. Danielson, Ketchikan, Secretary-Treasurer; and members George McMillan, Juneau, Joe Montgomery, Anchorage, and Sterling Sears, Juneau. This informal arrangement worked very well until the early 1970s, when the State Legislature added a section to the Educational Statutes placing the Association under the Department of Education. School populations and the number of participating schools were increasing. After many meetings, the two original associations became fi ve distinct Regions based on school size and geographic location. One year later, in 1976, Regions increased to six. The new Board of Control consisted of one member from each Region, a representative of the Association of Alaska School Boards, and a representative of the Superintendents Association. In 1978, the board added a representative of the Alaska Association of Student Governments. Due to the increasing number of schools participating in boys and girls basketball, the need for additional statewide culminating events became evident. This required the formation of a classi fi cation system that spanned all of the Regions. This task fell to a committee composed of representatives from all six Regions. It was known as the “Black and Blue” Ribbon Study Commission because of the dif fi culties faced in satisfying the needs of each Region. In June 1981, the Board of Control adopted the Commission's recommendation to establish four classi fi cations based on school enrollment with some overlap in the two smallest classes due to geographic location. The fi rst statewide event for the smaller classes was an invitational basketball tournament held in Anchorage in 1983-84. In 1986, the Department of Education eliminated funding for ASAA. The Board of Control voted to incorporate as a 501(c)(3) non-pro fi t corporation, beginning July 1, 1987. Because of ongoing jurisdictional issues between the Association and the State of Alaska, both entities sought a legal resolution. This resulted in the 1995 repeal of the Legislative Statue that had placed ASAA under the Department of Education. In 2007, in order to ensure consistent tobacco, alcohol and controlled substances policies by member schools and districts, the Board of Directors adopted the “Play for Keeps-Win for Life” program for all student participants. In 2011, the Alaska Legislature passed House Bill 15, (amended in 2012 under Senate Bill 119), that sets standards for concussion awareness, education, treatment and return to participation protocols. ASAA developed recommended policies and procedures to assist in the implementation of the law. In 2013, the Alaska Legislature passed Senate Bill 41 that addressed interscholastic participation by “alternative education program students.” ASAA developed bylaws and policies to assist schools, students and families in the implementation of the statute. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 6 Executive Directors 1957-1960 J.E. Danielson, Ketchikan 1960-1965 Joe Montgomery, Anchorage 1965-1971 Les Wells, Anchorage 1971-1975 Rick Arndt, Anchorage 1976-1976 Ed Frandsen, Wasilla 1977-1981 Les Wells, Anchorage 1981-1993 Ed Nash, Anchorage 1993-2014 Gary Matthews, Anchorage 2014-present Billy Strickland, Anchorage 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 7 Staff Billy Strickland – Executive Director Email: billy@asaa.org Billy is responsible for all ASAA operations, staff, fi nances, eligibility, waivers, championship bids and ASAA board relations. As ASAA’s liaison for the National Federation of State High School Associations (NFHS), Billy serves on the National Federation Council. Billy currently serves on the NFHS Board of Directors. Additionally, Billy serves on the ASAA Sports Medicine Advisory Committee. Brian Hosken – Associate   Director Email: brian@asaa.org Brian is responsible for of fi cials and coaches certi fi cation, state championship of fi cials selection and ejections. Brian is also responsible for grant writing and administrating. He assists with ASAA coaches and activities director trainings. Brian also represents ASAA on the NFHS Football Rules Committee. Brian coordinates Bowling, Football, Esports, Gymnastics, Hockey and Ri fl e. Kathleen Navarre – Associate Director Email: kathleen@asaa.org Kathleen consults with Special Olympics Alaska on the development and promotion of Uni fi ed Sports. Currently Kathleen represents NFHS Section 8 on the Flag Football Rules Committee. She also coordinates Baseball, Basketball, Cross Country, Flag Football, Swim & Dive, Track & Field and Wrestling. Sandi Wagner – Associate Director Email: sandi@asaa.org Sandi is responsible for historical data, Alaska High School Hall of Fame, awards and serves on the Sports Medicine Advisory Committee. She provides support and trainings for the School Activities Reporting System (SARS). She is the NIAAA Liaison and provides training for both coaches and activities directors. Currently Sandi represents NFHS Section 8 on the NFHS Spirit of Sport, Spirit Rules and Speech Committees. Sandi also coordinates Cheer, Nordic Ski, Soccer, Softball, Tennis, and Volleyball. Deanna Montagna – Director of Of fi ce Operations Email: deanna@asaa.org Deanna manages of fi ce operations, assists Associate Directors and works with the Executive Director in communication to schools. Deanna provides support for the School Activities Reporting System (SARS), coordinates media relations and is also responsible for All State Art Competition, DDF and World Language Declamation Competition. She is the secretary for the ASAA Board of Directors meetings and is charged with maintaining the minutes. Kari McFeron – Administrative Assistant Email: kari@asaa.org Kari is part-time receptionist and helps with front of fi ce duties. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 8 ASAA Contractors Colin McDonald – Director of Marketing Email: colin@asaa.org Colin leads the corporate sponsorship sales and ful fi llment efforts by creating and maintaining relationships with both the ASAA staff and their corporate sponsors. Rapi Sotoa – Marketing Account Manager Email: rapi@asaa.org Rapi assists with corporate sponsorship sales and ful fi llment efforts by creating and maintaining relationships with both the ASAA staff and their corporate sponsors. Rapi also coordinates Esports. Barb Carroll – Music Coordinator Email: barb@asaa.org Barb organizes and administers the All-State Music Festival held in November and the State Solo and Ensemble Music Festival held in May. Her responsibilities involve overseeing the adjudication process, the student selection procedure, the daily festival activities, the culminating performances and any appeal actions for each of the two state music festivals with the high school music directors, adjudicators, conductors, accompanists, students and parents. Kassandra Mirosh – Alaska Association of Student Governments Executive Director Email: kassandramirosh@gmail.com Kassandra organizes, administrates, and supervises the Alaska Association of Student Governments on behalf of ASAA. Jeanie Farley - Chief Financial Of fi cer Email: jeanie@asaa.org Jeanie is responsible for all accounting-related activities including processing of all accounts payable, accounts receivable and payroll. She is responsible for preparing the annual operating budget as well and in house fi nance reports. Annually she assists the auditors with preparation of our fi nancial statements. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 9 Board of Directors The Alaska School Activities Association is governed by a Board of Directors. The Board includes voting members from each of the six regions, as well as from the Alaska Association of School Boards and the Alaska Association of School Administrators. A student representative from the Alaska Association of Student Governments also sits on the board as an advisory, non-voting member. Board members serve two-year terms and may serve up to three consecutive terms. Region 1 Patrick Callahan, Activities Director Nome-Beltz PO Box 131 Nome, AK 99762 Phone: 907-443-6180 / Fax: 907-443-3626 (3rd term, ends December 2026) Region 2 James Sickler, Activities Director Susitna Valley High School PO Box 8580 Talkeetna, AK 99676 Phone: 907-733-9300 / Fax: 907-733-9380 (3rd term, ends December 2026) Region 3 Stacia Rustad, Activities Director Wasilla High School

Section 1 - Board of Directors The Board of Directors consists of the elected representative from Region 1, Region 2, Region 3, Region 4, Region 5 and Region 6 and one representative each from the Association of Alaska School Boards, the Alaska Superintendents Association, and one non-voting ex-of fi cio member representing the Alaska Association of Student Governments. Section 2 - Terms of Board of Directors A. The term of of fi ce for each member of the Board of Directors is two years, except that one-half of the members elected to the fi rst elected Board are elected for one-year terms based upon a drawing of lots. B. The Board of Directors shall appoint an Executive Director, prescribe duties and fi x the compensation. This person shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may appoint other of fi cers, agents and employees and prescribe their duties and compensation. Section 3 - Powers & Duties of the Board A. The Board of Directors is the executive and administrative body of the organization, subject to the restraint of the Constitution and Bylaws of the Association. B. The Board of Directors may determine the time and place of its meetings. A majority shall constitute a quorum. C. The Board of Directors has supervision of all sanctioned interscholastic activities of participating schools of member school districts and member schools and interprets the rules of the Association. D. With respect to funds, the Board of Directors has the charge of Association funds, shall audit and approve all expenditures, and shall conform to the fi nancial policies and audit as set forth by the membership of the Association. E. The Board of Directors may delegate to the Executive Director the authority to rule on all protests and rule violations and determine the penalties, not otherwise speci fi ed, for violations of the provisions of the Constitution and Bylaws. F. The Board of Directors may make investigation relative to the violation of the Constitution and Bylaws and policies to the Association. G. The Board of Directors may appoint special committees to assist in the arrangement and supervision of various activities and contests. H. The Board of Directors may sanction out-of-state meets, contests or activities. I. The Board of Directors may determine suitable awards for winners of contests sponsored by the Association. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 14 J. The Board of Directors may approve and register contest of fi cials for use in those activities sanctioned by the Association. K. The Board of Directors may sanction and operate state championship plans, sites and fi nances. L. Regional Placement: The regional placement of schools is determined annually by the Board of Directors at its summer meeting. Changes in regional placement take effect on July 1 of the following summer. The change may take effect earlier if all schools involved and affected as well as the Board of Directors concur. New member school placement becomes effective immediately. M. The Board of Directors shall report annually to the Commissioner of Education, the State Board of Education, and the Alaska Association of School Administrators for the purpose of receiving advice and comments. The report will show programs carried out. N. The Board of Directors may grant eligibility to a student in certain hardship and emergency cases when granting eligibility does not violate the intent and the purpose of any of the standards of eligibility. The purpose of this provision is to provide for certain cases that are beyond the control of the students or their parents. (Refer to Article 13 in Bylaws for procedures.)

Section 1 - Nature of Penalties A. Penalties assessed by the Executive Director or by the Board of Directors upon member schools or individuals for violations of the Bylaws will vary depending upon the nature and character of the violation. Penalties assessed may include one or more of the following and will be in effect for the entire current school year. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 22 1. Warning — A member school is placed on notice. After a member school is given a warning, all member schools will be noti fi ed. A like or similar violation within a school year will be the basis for placing the school on probation and/or the withholding of play-off privileges. 2. Forfeiture — To forfeit is to give up something because of error or rule violation through intent, neglect or oversight. Forfeiture always takes away a win and denotes a loss. Forfeiture may be used in conjunction with other penalties. 3. Probation — Probation is a testing or trial period for a school or team. Probation is tantamount to a larger penalty should the probation not be carried out in good faith and with due respect to all concerned. a. The action is spread on the records and published in the Association’s of fi cial communications. b. This penalty may carry one or more requirements for action & reports. c. This penalty may be used in conjunction with other penalties. 4. Fines — A fi ne of up to $2,500 may be levied upon member schools for rule violations. 5. Prohibition — A member school placed on prohibition is ineligible to participate in state level competition in that sport. 6. Suspension — A school is suspended from an interscholastic activity for regular season and post season participation. An individual is suspended from practice and competition for a speci fi ed time period. 7. Suspension from the Association — A member school is suspended from Association membership for a period not to exceed 365 calendar days and forfeits any dues paid for the current school year. 8. Restitution — In addition to the above penalties, any one or more of these additional actions may be taken: 1) individual or team records achieved during participation by an ineligible player be vacated or stricken; 2) team or individual awards earned by an ineligible player be returned to the Association. If an ineligible student competes in a meet, match or tournament in violation of any Association Bylaws, all points earned by that student, or by a relay team of which the student is a member, will be declared forfeited; and in team sports (including wrestling), the entire contest is forfeited. The intent of this rule is to deter future violations and to ensure fairness to other individuals or teams with which that student or teams competes. When the Association is involved in legal cases, it may seek to recover attorney costs when it is found to be the prevailing party. 9. Failure to Pay a Fine — A member school that refuses to pay an assessed fi ne may be suspended from the Association.

Fairbanks,  AK  99701 Phone:  907-452-2000 (First term, ends December 2027) Alaska Association of School Boards Margo Bellamy PO Box 202167 Anchorage, AK 99520 (1st term, ends December 2026) Alaska Association of Student Governments Leif Konrath-Bera Eagle River High School

Section 1 - Amendments A. Proposed amendments to this Constitution by member schools must be introduced at a meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may make recommendations on proposed amendments. Amendments which are proposed by the Board of Directors must be endorsed by the authorized representative of ten different member schools. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 15 B. Adoption of a proposed amendment requires a majority vote of all member schools voting by mail ballot or electronically, provided that more than 50% of the eligible schools vote. Section 2 - Effective Date Amendments take effect July 1 following their adoption unless otherwise provided by the amendment.

Section 1 - Amateur Athletes A. A student-athlete who represents a member school in an interscholastic sport shall be an amateur in that sport. An amateur athlete is one who engages in athletic competition solely for the physical, mental, social and pleasure bene fi ts derived therefrom. This rule may be waived for students participating as members of of fi cial United States Olympic Teams. B. A student-athlete forfeits amateur status and eligibility in a sport sanctioned by the Association by: 1. entering into a competition for which the student-athlete is either paid to participate or is competing to win monetary compensation (allowable travel, meals and lodging expenses may be accepted): or 2. receiving any award, merchandise or prize whose aggregate value exceeds $1000 for a speci fi c event or tournament, unless such award has been approved by the school’s principal for an event or 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 37 tournament sanctioned by the school or Association (this section does not apply to awards given by the Association); or 3. capitalizing on athletic fame by receiving money or gifts of monetary value in exchange for endorsements, participation in commercials, advertisements or the like in af fi liation with the student’s school team, school, ASAA Region or ASAA (scholarships paid directly to institutions of higher learning are speci fi cally exempted). This provision is not intended to restrict the right of any student to participate in a commercial endorsement provided there is no school team, school, ASAA Region or ASAA af fi liation (Note: other organizations, such as the NCAA may have different policies pertaining to the “capitalizing on athletic fame” which could jeopardize a students future amateur status); or 4. signing a professional playing contract in that sport. C. Accepting a nominal, standard fee or salary for instructing, supervising or of fi ciating in an organized youth sports program or recreation, playground or camp activities shall not jeopardize amateur status. An “organized youth sports program” includes both school and non-school programs. The Association permits reasonable compensation for giving private lessons. D. Penalty: A student-athlete deemed to be ineligible and the school which permitted the student-athlete to participate under the rules set forth in this section will be subject to the following penalty. The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may be assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. 1. Amateurism: This violation applies to a student-athlete and the member school. 2. School: Member schools which permit a professional student-athlete to compete as a member of an interscholastic team will be deemed to have been using an ineligible student and will be penalized as speci fi ed in Article 12, Section 1. 3. Student-Athlete-Each Offense: The student-athlete loses eligibility in that sport for 365 days and until reinstatement according to the following subsection. E. A student-athlete who violates his/her amateur standing as set forth by these Bylaws may apply to the Board of Directors for reinstatement as an amateur, if 365 days have elapsed since the date he/she was declared ineligible, and if he/she has been in regular school attendance and has not competed as a professional in that sport during the intervening period. An application under this paragraph must be in writing and must be signed by both the student and the principal or superintendent of the school. Section 2 - Other Amateurs A. A student who represents a member school in a non-athletic interscholastic competition shall be an amateur in that discipline. An amateur is one who engages in that discipline solely for the physical, mental, social and pleasure bene fi ts derived therefrom. B. A student forfeits amateur status and eligibility in non-athletic interscholastic competition in a discipline by: 1. receiving any award, merchandise or prize whose aggregate value exceeds $1000 which has not been listed on the approved list by the NASSP or approved by the school’s principal (this section does not apply to awards given by the Association); or 2. capitalizing on fame by receiving money or gifts of monetary value in exchange for endorsements, participation in commercials, advertisements or the like in af fi liation with the student’s school 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 38 program, school, ASAA Region or ASAA (scholarships paid directly to institutions of higher learning are speci fi cally exempted). This provision is not intended to restrict the right of any student to participate in a commercial endorsement provided there is no school program, school, ASAA Region or ASAA af fi liation (Note: other organizations, such as the NCAA may have different policies pertaining to the “capitalizing on fame” which could jeopardize a student’s future amateur status); or 3. signing a professional contract in that discipline. C. Reasonable compensation for giving private lessons is permissible by the Association. D. A student is ineligible if he or she competes or participates under an assumed name for the purpose of concealing his or her status as a professional. E. Penalty: A student deemed to be ineligible and the school which permitted the student to participate under the rules set forth in this section will be subject to the following penalty: The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may be assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. 1. School: Member schools who permit a professional student non-athlete to compete in an interscholastic competition will be deemed to have been using an ineligible student and will be penalized as speci fi ed in Article 12 Section 1. 2. Student Non-Athlete-Each Offense: The student non-athlete loses eligibility in that speci fi c discipline for 365 days and until reinstated according to subsection F: F. A student who has violated his or her amateur standing as set forth by these Bylaws may apply to the Board of Directors for reinstatement as an amateur, if 365 days have elapsed since the date he or she was declared ineligible, and if he or she has been in regular school attendance and has not competed as a professional in that discipline during the intervening period. An application under this paragraph must be in writing and must be signed by both the student and the principal or superintendent of the school. Section 3 - Professional and College Try outs Professional and college try outs that interfere with a high school student’s work or involve a game in violation of Association rules may cause that student to be ineligible for further interscholastic athletic competition.

Eagle River, AK 99577 Phone: 907-742-2700 / Fax: 907-742-2710 (Term ends December 2026) Member Schools ASAA maintains a list of member schools online at: http://asaa.org/resources/member-schools/ 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 10 Map of Alaska - Regional Divisions 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 11 ALASKA EDUCATION REGULATIONS The State of Alaska education regulations that govern interscholastic activities are contained in: 4 AAC 06.115. Interscholastic activities (a) The purpose of this section is to provide a procedure that enables school districts to promote and govern interscholastic activities effectively, economically, and fairly, while keeping those activities in their proper perspective educationally. (b) A school or school district may join and, to the extent authorized by its budget, may pay dues to the Alaska School Activities Association, Inc., or any other voluntary, nonpro fi t association whose purpose is to administer and promote interscholastic activities in Alaska so long as the association (1) makes applications and membership available to all public and private schools, and school districts in the state (2) is governed by a board that is elected from the association membership and that fairly represents all regions of the state, that participate in the organization and whose membership may also include appointed representatives of other education organizations (3) adopts a constitution and bylaws setting out its philosophy, purpose, rules, and procedures, including a fair procedure for challenging interpretation or application of a rule (4) operates in compliance with state and federal law; and (5) administers interscholastic activities in a manner that (A) encourages high standards of citizenship and complements the academic programs of schools (B) is consistent with and advances the state's education policy set out at AS 14.03.015; and (C) recognizes that the organization and governance of interscholastic activities is a public purpose that is best met through the cooperation and association of interested schools and school districts (D) ensures fairness, safety, and equal opportunity for female students in high school athletics by providing, in consideration of responses to a school survey under 4 AAC 06.520, that if a separate high school athletics team is established for female students, participation shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth; in this subparagraph, "athletics" means competitive or contact sports, as determined by the association. (c) The state board considers a decision of an association described in (b) of this section, made when applying association bylaws to a particular person or school, to be an adjudicatory, administrative decision. Under existing case law, when a board performs an administrative function and makes an adjudicatory decision that affects an individual, the fi nal decision is appealable to the superior court under Part VI of the Rules of Appellate Procedure. (d) In this section, "district" has the meaning given in AS 14.17.990. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 12 CONSTITUTION

Section 1 - Powers A. Upon dissolution of the corporation, the disposition of assets other than those derived through charitable gaming shall be distributed for one or more exempt purposes within the meaning of Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, or corresponding section of any future federal tax code, or shall be distributed to the federal government, for a public purpose. Any such assets not so disposed of shall be disposed of by the District Court of the State of Alaska in which the principal of fi ce of the corporation is then located, exclusively for such purposes or to such organization or organizations, as said court shall determine, which are organized and operated exclusively for such purposes. B. The disposition of net proceeds from charitable gaming conducted under AS 05.15, will go to a charitable organization as de fi ned at AS 05.15.690(5) or another quali fi ed organization that is authorized to conduct an activity under AS 05.15. Constitution updated 2/19/2024 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 16 BYLAWS

The Board of Directors designates, gives, and controls ribbons, medals, and trophies to be awarded to schools and individuals. Section 1 - Principal Approval Awards must have symbolic value only, awards may be accepted by a student only if granted through the school with prior approval of the school principal or school district superintendent. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 39 Section 2 - Value Limit Awards such as unattached letters, trophies, metal charms or pins, or similar articles, having symbolic value only, may be given to students by the school if the cost of the award does not exceed $30. This section does not apply to trophies awarded to teams by the Association or regional associations. Jackets or sweaters may be presented to championship teams or groups by a school or non-school organization or individual(s) with prior approval of the school’s principal within the limits established in Article 8 Section 1.B.2. Section 3 - Invitational Tournaments Leagues or schools conducting invitational tournaments or meets under Association rules may make awards to the winning schools or contestants if the awards are within the limits set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article and in Article 15. Section 4 - Presentation of Awards No awards other than ASAA sanctioned awards may be given during Association State Championship awards ceremonies, unless approved prior to the event.

October 2, 2026 - Enrollment Closes Weeks of Sept 7 & 14, 2026 - Preseason Weeks of Sept 21-Nov 9, 2026 - Regular Season Weeks of Nov 16-Dec 4, 2026 - Playoffs Weeks of Dec 7, 2026 - Fall Championships

The name of this organization shall be the Alaska High School Hall of Fame. The Alaska School Activities Association, Inc. (ASAA) is the sponsoring entity.

This organization shall be known as the Alaska School Activities Association, Inc.

Section 1 - Changes in Regional or Conference Placement A. Changes in regional / conference placement take effect on July 1 of the following summer, unless all affected schools and the Board of Directors agree to an earlier effective date. B. Changes in regional / conference placement may be initiated by the Board of Directors or by member school request. C. Initial regional / conference placement for new member schools will be made by the Board of Directors. The Board will give full consideration to a recommendation or request from the new member school. Placement of new member schools becomes effective immediately.

Section 1 - Method These Bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of the Board of Directors sitting in regular session provided that at least 30 days advance notice has been mailed to the general membership. Section 2 - Effective Date Unless otherwise speci fi ed, amendments to these Bylaws take effect 30 days after their fi ling.

Number of Pitches Days of Required Rest 1-25 0 26-45 1 46-65 2 66-85 3 86-100 4

March 3, 2027 - First Practice March 25, 2027 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). May 29, 2027 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school baseball teams while they are members of a school baseball team. D. RULES 1. National Federation of High School (NFHS) Baseball rules apply. 2. Pitch count - restriction and limitations including mandatory days of rest.The following is to be used for every pitcher in all ASAA sanctioned contests:

The annual dues and dates of payments shall be as set forth in the Bylaws.

The Selection Committee shall consider all nominees who meet the criteria for induction into the Alaska High School Hall of Fame. Anyone may submit nominations on an of fi cial nomination form which is available at the ASAA of fi ce or online at http://www.asaa.org . All nominations must be submitted to the ASAA of fi ce at the address speci fi ed on the form. Nomination deadlines will be determined by the Committee. Only those completed nominations received by the established deadline will be considered by the Committee. Unsuccessful complete applications will be carried over for two years.

The Executive Director shall make the announcement of those selected for induction into the Alaska High School Hall of Fame in a special release to the news media and the school community. All inductees will be presented at a ceremony. The Hall of Fame induction activities will include a reception, public recognition and a formal ceremony A plaque will be given to each new individual inductee and a commemorative plaque will be permanently displayed in the Alaska High School Hall of Fame at the ASAA of fi ce. Candidates selected for induction into the Alaska High School Hall of Fame will be announced at the conclusion of the selection process.

Section 1 - Powers A regional association operates autonomously from Alaska School Activities Association Inc., and is solely responsible for its own decisions, actions and fi nancial affairs. Each regional association administers its own activities in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution and the Association’s Bylaws and policies. Regions may adopt their own Bylaws not in con fl ict with those of the Association. Section 2 - Bylaws A current copy of the Bylaws of each regional association must be on fi le with the Executive Director of the Association.

The chief administrative of fi cer of a member, or his/her designee, shall be the member school’s of fi cial representative and shall be responsible for each member school’s actions.

Wasilla, AK 99654 Phone: 907-352-8249 / Fax: 907-352-8282 (3rd term, ends December 2027) Region 4 Tim Helvey, Principal Eagle River High School

Eagle River, AK 99577 Phone: 907-742-2700 / Fax: 907-742-2710 (3rd term, ends December 2027) Region 5 Jaime Cabral, Activities Director Petersburg High School PO Box 289 Petersburg, AK 99833 Phone: 877-526-7656 / Fax: 907-772-4168 (2nd term, ends December 2026) Region 6 Wayne Sawchuk, Activities Director Fairbanks North Star Borough School District 520 5th Ave Fairbanks, AK 99701 Phone: 907-452-2000 (2nd term, ends December 2026) Alaska Association of School Administrators Luke Meinert, Superintendent Fairbanks North Star Borough School District

ENROLLED AND ALTERNATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS The member schools of the Association have adopted through their elected representatives an essential interrelated group of minimum eligibility requirements which establish the threshold for participation for all students, including managers, within the interscholastic program and which work together to de fi ne and preserve the fundamental nature of the program. Unless expressly limited, the following rules are intended to be minimum requirements for student eligibility to participate in all sanctioned interscholastic activities and do not preclude a school, a school district, or a regional association from imposing additional rules that are reasonable, prudent and not in con fl ict with those of the Association. Section 1 - Penalty A. A student deemed ineligible under ASAA rules, and the member school which permitted the student to participate under the rules set forth in this article, are subject to the following penalties. The following penalties assume the school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may be assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 43 1. First Offense: School forfeits game or meet and school receives warning. If the Association determines that the violation involved intentional conduct by a school representative, the school will receive a fi ne of $200 minimum and will be placed on probation. 2. Second Offense: School forfeits game or meet and receives $200 fi ne. If the Association determines that the violation involved intentional conduct by a school representative, the school will be placed on probation/suspension and will receive a fi ne of up to $2,500. a. In addition to the above penalties, any one or more of the actions below may be taken: 1. that individual or team records achieved during participation by an ineligible player be vacated or stricken; 2. that team or individual awards earned by an ineligible player be returned to the Association. b. If an ineligible student competes in a meet, match or tournament in violation of any Association Bylaws, all points earned by that student or by a relay team of which the student is a member, are to be declared forfeited; and in team sports (including wrestling), the entire contest is forfeited. Records earned by other members of the team will stand. Section 2 - Participation Rules A. A student is eligible to participate in the interscholastic activities of only one member school per year, except as provided under the Transfer/Residency Rule (Section 9). That school shall be considered the School of Eligibility. To establish their initial ASAA “school of eligibility”, a student: 1. enrolled in enough courses to meet the current semester requirements at a member school, may only establish their “school of eligibility” at that school. 2. who is simultaneously enrolled at one or more member schools (but not enrolled in enough courses to meet the current semester requirements at either member school), who wishes to be eligible to participate in the interscholastic activities of one of the member schools, must designate one of these member schools as the School of Eligibility. 3. who is simultaneously enrolled at one or more member schools (but not enrolled in enough courses to meet the current semester requirements at either member school) and an alternative education program, who wishes to be eligible to participate in the interscholastic activities of one of the member schools, must designate one of these member schools as the School of Eligibility. 4. or be enrolled in an alternative education program. The School of Eligibility must ensure that the student meets all eligibility requirements before being permitted to participate. B. To be eligible during a school semester for participation in interscholastic activities, a student must meet the following criteria: 1. Be properly registered in a 9-12 or 10-12 high school program or any combination thereof, at a member school where the student will participate or where authorized by a member district, be enrolled in the member district’s non-member school or program (including district correspondence), when such district is paying the student surcharge for that student or, in the case of students attending alternative education programs, be registered with their School of Eligibility, as described below. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 44 2. Students enrolled in an alternative education program, as de fi ned in Article 1, Section 8 herein, are eligible to participate in the interscholastic activities of only one member school per year, except as provided under the Transfer/Residency Rule (Article 12, Section 9). That school shall be considered the School of Eligibility. a. The School of Eligibility shall be the public school (1) that, based on the residence of the parent or legal guardian, the student would be eligible to attend were the student not enrolled in an alternative education program; or (2) at which the student requests to participate, if (A) the student shows good cause (See General Policy #12 for guidance), as determined by the governing body of the Public School the student would be eligible to attend were the student not enrolled in an alternative education program and (B) the governing body of the school in which the student seeks to participate in interscholastic activities approves; or The School of Eligibility may be a private or religious school that the student would be eligible to attend were the student not enrolled in an alternative education program; and at which the student requests to participate; and if the administrator of the school approves. b. The School of Eligibility must ensure that the alternative education program student meets all eligibility requirements before being permitted to participate. Alternative education program students who request to participate in the interscholastic activity program of a member public school or district, or a private or religious school, must be properly registered for participation in interscholastic activities with the member school district or School of Eligibility. Schools (districts) may require that alternative education program students who request to participate in interscholastic activities at one of its member schools pre-register either prior to the beginning of the school year, prior to the beginning of a sport or activity season which begins before school starts, or upon moving into the district's boundary. 3. Not be a graduated student, with the exception that the eligibility of a student graduating near the end of a regular school year, shall extend through the conclusion of any current school athletic season in which he or she is participating. Additionally, any student who competes in a college program within a speci fi c activity will lose their high school eligibility for that particular activity. 4. Be enrolled in the minimum number of courses: a. All freshmen, sophomores, and juniors, as well as seniors who are not on track to graduate, must be enrolled in a minimum number of courses needed to receive 2.5 units of semester credit or equivalent at the School of Eligibility or supervised by the School of Eligibility or its school district, that lead to granting credit toward graduation from the school district or School of Eligibility. b. Seniors who are on track to graduate must be enrolled in a minimum number of courses needed to receive 2.0 units of semester credit or the equivalent at the School of Eligibility or supervised by the School of Eligibility or its school district that lead to granting of credit toward graduation from the school district or the School of Eligibility. 5. Must maintain at least an overall 2.0 GPA during the current semester to remain eligible. Students who do not maintain an overall 2.0 GPA may regain eligibility during the current semester by achieving and maintaining an overall 2.0 GPA within the school’s grading system. 6. Must be in regular attendance at school classes in which enrolled or for which credit is granted (or be enrolled in a district or member school correspondence program). 7. The requirements for Special Education students participating in Uni fi ed Sports, as “Athletes”, will be determined by the student’ IEP team. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 45 C. Alternative Schools of Member Districts 1. Once a student has established a School of Eligibility, enrollment in a non-member charter school, alternative school, or educational program (including a district correspondence program) does not change that student's School of Eligibility. 2. A student attending a non-member charter school, alternative school or program (including district correspondence) who wishes to change his/her School of Eligibility will be ineligible for Varsity, State Qualifying and State Championship interscholastic competition for one calendar year, from the date of receipt by ASAA of the Application for Changing School of Eligibility form in the new school in team sports. Students participating in individual sports may compete on varsity during regular season, but are ineligible for State Qualifying and State Championship interscholastic competition for one calendar year, from the date of fi rst attendance in the new school. At schools with no sub-varsity team sports, the student could ask for a waiver to participate on the varsity team during the regular season, but would not be able to participate at either conference or state tournaments. Students who live with coaches are ineligible (see Section 5.E). NOTE: Students who transfer schools are not required to also transfer their “school of eligibility” and may continue to participate at their former school at the varsity level, provided they meet all other ASAA eligibility requirements. D. Alternative Education Programs: 1. A student in grades 9-12 in an "alternative education program" as de fi ned in Article 1 Section 8, is eligible to participate in interscholastic activities at a member public, private or religious school, as follows: 2. Students enrolled in an alternative education program, may participate in interscholastic activities when such participation is sanctioned or supported by this Association; is conducted outside of the regular school curriculum; and does not involve participation in student government at a school. Such students need not be enrolled in the member public, private or religious school in which they participate in interscholastic activity, except that a. in order to participate in the All-State Music and Solo and Ensemble Music Festivals, such students must be enrolled in a corresponding music class at their School of Eligibility, at which they may be selected for participation through a competitive audition process, and b. in order to participate in All-State Art or in the World Language Declamation Festival, such students must be enrolled in a corresponding class at their School of Eligibility. ASAA may waive the requirement for students enrolled in alternative education programs or in the event that the individual school of eligibility does not offer Music, Art or World Language classes. 3. Nothing in these bylaws precludes a school or school district from imposing additional eligibility rules upon alternative education program students that are reasonable, prudent and not in con fl ict with these bylaws or AS 14.30.365. 4. Nothing in these Bylaws or in Association policies prohibits a member school or district from adopting a "fair share" policy as to the equitable charging of fees to alternative education program students who participate in the member school's or district's interscholastic activities. E. Establishing a “School of Eligibility”: A student establishes a “school of eligibility” by participating in an interscholastic activity. A student who attends an alternative education program and who participates in interscholastic activities at a member public, private or religious school establishes their “school of eligibility” at such school upon participating in interscholastic activity there. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 46 NOTE: see Article 12 Section 9.A for de fi nition of participation F. Use of Junior High / Middle School Students: 1. High schools of 70 or fewer students may use 7th and 8th grade students as cheerleaders for home high school games upon approval of the principal or superintendent of the school. They may not be used at games during district, regional or state tournaments. Additionally, all member schools may use 7th and 8th grade students, zoned for their school, as managers upon the approval of the principal or superintendent of the school. 2. 7th and 8th grade students are ineligible to participate in high school interscholastic competition except as speci fi ed in the following section: 3. 8th Grade Student Participation Authority: a. Notwithstanding any provisions or restrictions of the Association’s Bylaws, Policies or past practices, the Board of Directors has determined that under certain conditions, students enrolled in the 8th grade in a member school district, may be granted eligibility to participate as members of a high school basketball, volleyball, soccer, mix six volleyball team, when an annual request is submitted in writing to ASAA by the district superintendent. The conditions are that there were thirty (30) or fewer students, or fi fteen (15) or fewer students per gender, enrolled in grades 9-12 during the previous school year’s October student count as reported to the Department of Education and Early Development (DEED) or that there were fi fty (50) or fewer students, or twenty- fi ve (25) or fewer students per gender, enrolled in grades 9-12 during the previous school year’s October student count as reported to the Department of Education and Early Development (DEED), and that the school is conducting two (2) or more team sports which seasons overlap for more than six (6) weeks. If the current school year’s October count is lower than the previous year’s, it may substitute as the of fi cial count for purposes of this section. b. For schools classi fi ed as 1A, 2A, or mix-six, students enrolled in the 8th grade may be granted eligibility to participate as members of a high school basketball, volleyball, soccer, mix six volleyball sub-varsity team, when an annual request is submitted in writing to ASAA by the district superintendent. c. For schools with enrollments of 500 or less, students enrolled in the 8th grade may be granted eligibility to participate as members of the a high school’s Art, Drama, Debate & Forensics, Dance / Drill Teams, Esports, Honor Band, Choir, Orchestra, Solo & Ensemble, Student Government and World Language Declamation programs, when an annual request is submitted in writing to ASAA by the district superintendent. This request must verify that the high school described above is a member school and that there were fi ve hundred (500) or fewer students, enrolled in grades 9-12 during the previous school year’s October student count as reported to the Department of Education and Early Development (DEED). If the current school year’s October count is lower than the previous year’s, it may substitute as the of fi cial count for the purposes of this section d. Alternative education program students who participate in a member school’s interscholastic activities program under AS 14.30.365 will be added to the school’s October count to determine a school’s eligibility to use 8th grade students, beginning in 2014-15. 4. 8th Grade Student Eligibility Guidelines: 8th grade students participating under provisions of this bylaw must: a. meet the eligibility requirements imposed by the member school district, 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 47 b. have a current medical history and physical exam form on fi le in the school of fi ce prior to participation (see Article 11), and c. participate in and fully comply with all provisions of ASAA’s “Play for Keeps” tobacco, alcohol and controlled substances (TAD) program. 5. Future High School Eligibility of 8th Grade Students Participating Under These Provisions: Nothing in this Bylaw shall limit 8th grade students who participate under the provisions of sections 3 and 4, from enjoying the opportunity for full high school eligibility upon fi rst entering into 9th grade. This includes but is not limited to Article 12 Section 3, Maximum Participation eight (8) semesters or four (4) seasons of participation. 6. How Classi fi cation May Effect 8th Grade Student Participation: Under some circumstances, the forgiveness of ineligible 5th year seniors may effect a school’s classi fi cation. As a result of this forgiveness, a school’s enrollment may authorize it to request interscholastic eligibility for 8th grade students. NOTE: See Policy 1 G. in General Policies. Section 3 - Maximum Participation A. No student enrolled in a four (4) year high school program, including a four year alternative education program, may participate in more than four (4) seasons in any speci fi c interscholastic activity. No student enrolled in a three (3) year high school program, including a three year alternative education program, may participate in more than three (3) seasons in any speci fi c interscholastic activity. Participation in any interscholastic contest during a season shall be considered as one (1) season of participation in that activity. B. No student will have more than eight (8) consecutive semesters of eligibility. Consecutive” semesters include all semesters, including semesters in which the student is not enrolled in any school or is enrolled in another school, after the student’s initial enrollment in 9th grade, including enrollment in 9th grade in an alternative education program. • Students fi rst entering 9th grade will have eight (8) consecutive semesters of eligibility. • Students fi rst entering 10th grade will have six (6) consecutive semesters of eligibility remaining. • Students fi rst entering 11th grade will have four (4) consecutive semesters of eligibility remaining. • Students fi rst entering 12th grade will have two (2) consecutive semesters of eligibility remaining. NOTE: Many Special Education Students remain in high school for more than eight (8) semesters. Special Education Students participating in Uni fi ed Sports as “Athletes”, and living in communities without Adult Special Olympic programs may be eligible for a waiver of the rule. Schools interested should contact the Executive Director for more information. Section 4 - Repeating Grades for Athletic Purposes A. A student held back in the seventh (7) or eighth (8) grade for athletic purposes shall cause that student to lose one of his or her four years of high school eligibility for each year that he or she is held back. B. Penalty: Loss of Fourth Year: A student held back one year in the seventh (7) or eighth (8) grade for athletic purposes shall lose his or her fourth year of eligibility after entering the ninth (9) grade. Loss of 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 48 Third and Fourth Years: A student held back for two years in the seventh (7) and eighth (8) grades for athletic purposes shall lose both the third and fourth years of eligibility after the ninth (9) grade. Section 5 - Recruiting/Undue In fl uence A. Undue in fl uence is de fi ned as the attempt to secure the attendance of a student for athletic reasons. Any verbal or written recruiting contact initiated by a representative of another school will be considered as asserting undue in fl uence. If the contact is initiated by an individual who is not a representative of a school, that individual’s name shall be recorded and a warning issued. If a further violation is reported relative to this individual, he/she will be considered to be a representative of the school, and the school may be subjected to the prescribed penalties. B. A student who participates as a member of an out-of-school team coached by another school’s coach, and who subsequently transfers to that coach’s school, will be ineligible in that sport for one full season at the receiving school. C. In districts that have multiple high schools and junior high schools, undue in fl uence may not be exerted by anyone on a student who has not yet entered the ninth (9) grade, to enroll in a school other than his or her home school or the one that he or she ordinarily would be expected to attend. D. In applying this rule to students attending an alternative education program, undue in fl uence is de fi ned as the attempt to secure participation in interscholastic activities at a private or religious school, or at a public school other than the public school the student would be eligible to attend, based on the residence of the parent or legal guardians, were the student not enrolled in an alternative education program. E. Because it is not feasible to determine whether recruiting was involved, transfer student-athletes who live with any salaried or non-salaried member of the school’s coaching staff are not eligible. In addition, a member of the school’s coaching staff may not arrange for housing for any student who may wish to participate in interscholastic athletics. This rule does not apply if the coach is related to the student within the second degree of kindred de fi ned as: father, mother, brother, sister, son, daughter, spouse, grandparents, grandchild, brother or sister-in-law, son or daughter-in-law, father or mother-in-law, stepfather, stepmother, stepsister, stepbrother, stepson, or step daughter. Students placed in a school under a court order shall be eligible under Article 12 Section 9.C.7. The Board of Directors has authorized a waiver of this rule for foreign exchange students under certain conditions (see Article 12 Section 9.C.9.e.3). F. Unless reliable evidence to the contrary is presented, the Association shall accept as prima facie evidence of undue in fl uence: the offer of the awarding of tuition, allowance for board and/or room, allowance for transportation, priority in assignments of jobs, cash or gifts in any form, or any other privilege or consideration accorded if not similarly available to students not participating in athletics. Penalty: The member school which permitted the student to participate under the rules set forth in this Section will be subject to the following penalties: The coach will also be subject to the following penalties. G. The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under another penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other status may be assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. Recruiting Students: The school and coach will be penalized as follows: 1. First Offense: The school will be placed on prohibition, will receive a fi ne of $500, and will lose playoff privileges. The coach will be suspended from coaching in all Association sanctioned competition for up to 365 days. A school which permits a coach, suspended under this rule, to coach 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 49 a team including practices, in violation of this section, will forfeit all contests in which that team competes. 2. Second Offense: The school is placed on suspension and receives a fi ne of $2,500. The coach will be suspended from coaching in all Association sanctioned competition for up to 365 days. A school which permits a coach, suspended under this rule, to coach a team including practices, in violation of this section, will forfeit all contests in which that team competes. Section 6 - Age Rule A student who becomes nineteen (19) years of age, on or before August 1, shall be ineligible for interscholastic competition. NOTE: Many Special Education Students remain in high school well beyond their 19th birthday. Special Education Students participating in Uni fi ed Sports as “Athletes”, and living in communities without Adult Special Olympic programs may be eligible for a waiver of the rule. Schools interested should contact the Executive Director for more information. Section 7 - Semester Credit Rule All fi rst semester freshmen are immediately eligible for the fi rst semester. After the fi rst semester of the freshman year, all students must meet the following criteria to remain eligible for interscholastic competition (Any credited course listed on a student’s transcript may be counted toward the semester units needed for eligibility.): A. Credit All second-semester freshmen, sophomores and juniors, as well as seniors who are not on track to graduate, must have passed at least 2.5 units of credit, or the equivalent, toward graduation, during the previous semester . All second semester seniors who are on track to graduate must have passed at 2.0 units of credit, or the equivalent, toward graduation, during the previous semester . All fi rst semester seniors must have passed at least 2.5 units of credit, or the equivalent, toward graduation, during the previous semester in order to be eligible anytime during the current semester . B. Grade Point Average (GPA) All students must have maintained at least an overall 2.0 GPA for the previous semester. Students who did not maintain an overall 2.0 GPA for the previous semester may regain eligibility in the current semester by achieving and maintaining an overall 2.0 GPA within the school’s grading system. 1. For the purposes of this section, academic de fi ciencies may be made up through successful completion of correspondence courses or summer school. 2. A grade of incomplete is considered as not passing until the incomplete is changed on the of fi cial school records. 3. Correspondence study students must meet the same time frame as regular students. NOTE: Special Education Students participating in Uni fi ed Sports as “Athletes”, are exempt from the Semester Credit rule and GPA requirement. The student’s IEP team will determine if they are eligible 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 50 Section 8 - Citizenship Rule and Tobacco, Alcohol and Controlled Substance Policy The determination by a member school that a student is ineligible based on poor citizenship is not appealable to the Association. A student who is expelled from a school will not be eligible in another school for the duration of the period of expulsion. A. Tobacco, Alcohol and Controlled Substance Position Statement: ASAA and its member schools recognize that the use of tobacco, alcohol and controlled substances is a signi fi cant health problem for many students, resulting in negative effects on behavior, learning and their total development. The use of tobacco, alcohol and controlled substances by students affects academic development, personal growth, extracurricular activities participation and the development of related skills. Others affected by misuse and abuse are family, teammates and other signi fi cant persons in their lives. ASAA and its member schools believe that close contact of parents/coaches, advisors, students and communities in interscholastic activities and class-rooms provides a unique opportunity to observe, confront and assist one another. It is the philosophy of ASAA and its member schools that students should be encouraged and supported in their efforts to develop and maintain a chemical-free lifestyle. Participation in ASAA sanctioned sports and activities is a privilege which requires all participants to adhere to rules imposed by the member schools and/or member districts that students attend and represent. The policy described in this article is intended to further the following purposes: The position of ASAA is: 1. To emphasize the health and safety of students while participating in activities to recognize the long-term physical and emotional effects of controlled substance, alcohol and tobacco use on student health, and to minimize the potential for injury. 2. To promote a sense of order and discipline among students; 3. To recognize that a student’s possession, distribution or use of controlled substances, alcohol, or tobacco during the school year or during interscholastic competition outside of the school year, even during times when a student is not actively participating in interscholastic activities, may nevertheless be detrimental to health, safety, order and discipline when the student is participating. 4. To assist schools in the establishment of policies that are consistent with ASAA standards of athletic and activity eligibility; 5. To support schools that have programs to assist students who desire to resist peer pressure which directs them toward the use of tobacco, alcohol and controlled substances; B. Tobacco, Alcohol and Controlled Substance Policy: The Board of Directors has implemented a statewide policy regarding the possession, distribution and use of controlled substances, alcohol and tobacco. This policy includes an educational component, minimum penalties which are cumulative and progressive, a time period in which the policy applies, an explanation of how violations are determined and reported, a required Student and Parent/Guardian Acknowledgement Form which must be signed prior to participation, and a de fi nition of terms. The complete policy is found in the Policy Section Section 9 - Transfer/Residency Rule The Association has established the following rules to govern the eligibility of students who transfer to Alaska, or from one school to another within Alaska, or who are simultaneously enrolled at more than one 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 51 school, or who are enrolled in a member school district’s non-member charter school, alternative school or program (including district correspondence), and who wish to transfer interscholastic participation eligibility from one school to another, and who participate in the activities listed under Section 10 A of this Article with the exception of Student Government, All-State Music Festival, World Language, All-State Art and Solo & Ensemble Festival. A school district may establish its own policy regarding intra-district student transfer, so long as it is at least as stringent as Association transfer rules. This will allow students to be transferred within the district by the Superintendent for reasons that are to the bene fi t of the student and district, but are not related to activities’ participation. A. For transfer purposes, a student establishes their “school of eligibility” by participating* in an interscholastic competition. *Participating is further de fi ned as: Having met the minimum eligibility requirements to participate in competition and at least one of the following: 1. Being entered in a score/record book 2. Recording an of fi cial time or score for the participant in an interscholastic competition 3. Dressing in uniform during an interscholastic competition NOTE: Once established a student is not required to change their “school of eligibility” unless they wish to do so. B. A transfer from a school outside or within Alaska to an alternative education program constitutes a transfer subject to the rules established in this section for transfer of eligibility to another school. Students attending alternative education programs who establish interscholastic activity eligibility residency at a member public, private or religious school are subject to the rules established in this section for transfer of eligibility to another member school. C. Types of Transfers NOTE: These transfer types 1-9 do not cause the student to become ineligible at the varsity level. However, the student’s parents and the receiving school must complete the applicable form and evidence as required by ASAA. 1. Transfer as a Result of a Move of Parents: A student who transfers from one school’s attendance area to another’s with a bona fi de change of residence of the parents, legal guardians (or other persons with whom the student has resided for a period of time to be determined by the Association) shall be eligible for interscholastic competition at the new school as soon as properly certi fi ed. NOTE: Students may continue to attend and/or participate at their existing “school of eligibility” regardless of the move of parents. Bona Fide Change of Residence: For the purposes of this section, a bona fi de change of residence means the moving of the permanent residence of the entire family of the student and his/her parents or guardians (or other person with whom the student has resided for a period of time approved by the Association) from one school’s attendance area into another school’s attendance area prior to a change in enrollment of the student. Additional Requirements: If the receiving and sending school are connected by a road, the distance between the schools must be 30 miles or greater. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 52 For the purposes of this section, a student’s transfer to or from a private school shall be treated the same as a transfer to or from the public-school attendance area in which the private school is located. Schools must verify that a bona fi de change of residence has occurred and must report this to the Association on the Bona Fide Change of Residence form before the student is allowed to participate. 2. Transfer for Emancipated Student: A student who is legally emancipated as supported by court documents and who is not dependent upon parents or guardians for a home and who transfers from one school to another (except in Section 9.C.3) is eligible for interscholastic competition as under Section 9.C.2. Transfer with a Move of Parents. 3. Transfer Due to Parental Divorce or Legal Separation: A student whose parents are divorced or legally separated may establish eligibility in the school or school district of either parent but not both parents. After establishing initial residency with one parent, all subsequent transfers without a change of residence of that parent will be subject to the rules for Transfer Without a Move of Parents. 4. Married Student: A married student whose transfer to another school is speci fi cally related to the marriage is eligible in the new school as soon as properly certi fi ed. Otherwise, married students must conform to all other transfer rules. 5. Student Under Court Order or Ward of the State: A student who transfers under a “court order” or is a “ward of the state” is eligible at the new school as soon as properly certi fi ed. 6. Homeless Student: A student who is homeless as de fi ned in the McKinney-Vento Act, 42 U.S.C. 11434 a (2), shall be immediately eligible to participate at the public school in which he or she is enrolled, notwithstanding the Transfer/Residency Rule, as soon as the student becomes enrolled in a school. The public school district in which the student is enrolled shall determine whether or not the student meets the de fi nition of homeless under the Act, and shall provide ASAA with its basis for such determination. Such determination may be reviewed by ASAA. The de fi nition of homeless students in the Act reads as follows: (A) means individuals who lack a fi xed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence (within the meaning of section 103 (a)(1)) [43 USCS § 11302 (a)(1)]; and (B) includes- (i) children and youths who are sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason; are living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to the lack of alternative adequate accommodations; are living in emergency or transitional shelter; are abandoned in hospitals; or are awaiting foster care placement; (ii) children and youths who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for or ordinarily used as a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings (within the meaning of section 103 (a)(2)(C) [42 USCS § 11302 (a)(2)(C)]; (iii) children and youths who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and (iv) migratory children (as such term is de fi ned in section 1309 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 [20 USCS § 6399]) who qualify as homeless for the purposes of this subtitle [42 USCS §§11431 et seq.] because the children are living in circumstances described in clauses (i) through (iii). 7. Transfer Due to Elimination of Activity: A student enrolled in a school which eliminates an interscholastic activity may transfer to another school and be eligible as soon as properly certi fi ed, 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 53 provided the student had participated in the eliminated activity the prior school year. Elimination of an activity” occurs when a school drops an interscholastic activity that it sponsored during the previous school year, for whatever reason. A transfer under this rule must be approved by the principal of both the sending and receiving schools. 8. Start of the Year/End of the Year Boarding School Transfer Rule: Students who transfer their “school of eligibility, to a boarding school at the beginning of a school year, or from a boarding school at the end of a school year, will be eligible for interscholastic participation at the new school as soon as properly certi fi ed. NOTE: The “beginning of the school year” is the fi rst 15 student contact days of the fi rst semester. 9. Foreign Exchange Student Transfer Rule: A foreign exchange student is an international student who attends high school in Alaska. The foreign exchange student must possess a current J-1 visa, issued by the U.S. State Department. To be eligible for interscholastic competition, such a student must be under the auspices of, and be placed with a host family by an international student exchange program that has been accepted for listing by the Council on Standards for International Educational Travel (CSIET), or other programs approved by the Association; and be recognized by the U.S. State Department. The foreign exchange program must assign students to host families by a method that ensures that no student, or his/her parents, school or other interested party may in fl uence the assignment for athletic or other purposes. The foreign exchange student may not be selected or placed on any basis related to his/her athletic interests or abilities. In order to obtain to be eligible, a foreign exchange student must meet all other eligibility rules required of other students in Alaska. Foreign exchange must also: a. attend the school for no less than a complete semester; and b. not have participated in the same sport (for which eligibility is being sought) at another school earlier in the same school year; and c. not have graduated from (the home country’s equivalent of) a secondary school; and d. must af fi rm that there is no evidence of athletic recruitment resulting in the student’s attendance at the school either by the school or any other outside entity. e. A foreign exchange student is considered to be placed with a host family when written notice of placement is provided by the exchange organization to the student and his/her parents, and to the host family. 1. Neither the school the student attends nor any person associated with the school shall have input into selection of the student. 2. No member of the school’s coaching staff, paid or voluntary, shall serve as a host family for a foreign student athlete; nor may a coaching staff member arrange for housing. 3. Notwithstanding the provisions in parts 5 a and b, a school may request a waiver of the transfer rule for a foreign exchange student whose host family includes a member of the school’s coaching staff when it can be veri fi ed that the student was not recruited by either the school, coach or host family Non compliance with one or more of the foregoing provisions shall render the foreign exchange student ineligible for interscholastic competition. NOTE: Students wishing to change their school of eligibility for transfer types 10-12 will lose varsity level eligibility for a speci fi c period of time. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 54 10. Transfer Without a Bona Fide Change of Residence of Parents: A student who transfers their “school of eligibility” without a bona fi de change of residence of parents or guardians, is ineligible for Varsity, State Qualifying and State Championship interscholastic competition for one calendar year, from the date of fi rst attendance in the new school in team sports. Students participating in individual sports may compete on varsity during regular season, but are ineligible for State Qualifying and State Championship interscholastic competition for one calendar year, from the date of fi rst attendance in the new school. Students who live with coaches are ineligible (see Section 5.E). At schools with no sub-varsity team sports, the student could ask for a waiver to participate on the varsity team during the regular season, but would not be able to participate at either conference or state tournaments. Students requesting a second transfer under this section must provide evidence of a "hardship" to be eligible for participation at any level. NOTE: Students who transfer schools are not required to also transfer their “school of eligibility” and may continue to participate at their former school at the varsity level, provided they meet all other ASAA eligibility requirements. 11. During the School Year Boarding Student Transfer Rule: Students who transfer their “school of eligibility” to or from a boarding school during the school year shall be ineligible for Varsity, State Qualifying and State Championship interscholastic participation the remainder of the school year in team sports. Students participating in individual sports may compete on varsity during regular season, but are ineligible for State Qualifying and State Championship interscholastic competition for the remainder of the school year. 12. Foreign Student Transfer Rule:   A foreign student who has been granted an F-1 visa will be ineligible for interscholastic competition for Varsity, State Qualifying and State Championship interscholastic competition for one calendar year, from the date of fi rst attendance in the new school, unless there has been a bona fi de move of parents. Students who live with coaches are ineligible (see Section 5, C). At schools with no sub-varsity teams, the student could ask for a waiver to participate on the varsity team during the regular season, but would not be able to participate at either conference or state tournaments from the date of enrollment. NOTE: Other Transfer Related Issues 13. Seasons of Participation for Transfer Student: A student who transfers to Alaska from another state who has competed in an interscholastic sport including a tournament where quali fi ed, in the current school year shall not be eligible for the same sport during the remainder of the school year at the receiving school in Alaska. A transfer student subject to this paragraph, who has not completed a full season (through the culminating tournament) in a sport may complete the season in Alaska, but may not exceed the maximum number of contests or weeks as established by the Board of Directors. 14. Alaska Students Involved in Exchange/Travel Programs: Alaska students involved in exchange/ travel programs, including but not limited to the American Field Study Service, Rotary International and Youth for Understanding, are exempted from the Semester Credit Rule (Article 12 Section 7) upon return to their home schools provided they would have been otherwise academically eligible for the semester they began the exchange/travel program. Alaska students involved in exchange/travel programs must be otherwise eligible by all other rules, including Article 12 Section 3. Participation in interscholastic competition while involved in an exchange travel program will count toward the maximum years or seasons of participation in that speci fi c competition as de fi ned in Article 12 Section 3. 15. Changing Schools During a Sport Season: A student who participates in a sport at one school, and who subsequently transfers to another school, will not be eligible in that sport at the Varsity, State Qualifying and State Championship interscholastic competition level. At schools with no sub-varsity 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 55 teams, the student could ask for a waiver to participate on the varsity team during the regular season, but would not be able to participate at either conference or state tournaments. Section 10 - Eligibility Lists for Interscholastic Participation A. A Master Eligibility List including all participants involved in interscholastic participation shall be submitted through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS). This information needs to be updated each time there is an addition to an activity. NOTE: This requirement is met by assigning each participant to a varsity or subvarsity roster. Master Eligibility lists shall be submitted for the following: • All-State Art Competition • Badminton • Baseball • Basketball • Bowling • Cheer • Cross-Country Running • Dance / Drill Team • Drama, Debate & Forensics • Esports • Flag Football • Football • Gymnastics • Hockey • Music (All-State and Solo & Ensemble) • Nordic Ski • Ri fl e • Soccer • Softball • State Student Government Conferences • Swim & Dive • Te n n i s • Track & Field • Volleyball (Girls & Mix Six) • World Language Declamation • Wrestling B. School Districts will be required to provide ASAA a list of each activity anticipated to be offered by their member schools at the beginning of each school year. The Master Eligibility List for each activity must be submitted by the school using the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) before the fi rst contest of that season. For activities that involve only one event, the list must be submitted by the school at least fi ve (5) school days before the contest. Master eligibility includes students granted transfers and waiver exceptions. Once the school is noti fi ed of the exception, schools must enter the student and exception information into the SARS. Contact the ASAA of fi ce for questions regarding the SARS. C. Penalties: The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may have additional penalties than those listed below. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 56 1. Eligible Student Left off the School Activities Reporting System (SARS): a. First Offense: School receives warning. b. Second Offense: School receives probation. c. Third Offense: School receives fi ne of $200 minimum. 2. Failure to Submit the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) Prior to First Season Contest: a. First Offense: School receives warning and superintendent is noti fi ed. b. Second Offense: School receives $50 fi ne and superintendent is noti fi ed. c. Third Offense: School receives $100 fi ne and superintendent is noti fi ed. Penalties are cumulative throughout a school year.

Section 1 - Student Request A student who has been determined to be ineligible to participate in interscholastic competition under one or more of the eligibility rules of Bylaw Article 12 may request a waiver of that rule or rules by the Executive Director. A waiver may only be granted for reasons of hardship or emergency, as described in Section 5 below; or because such waiver is required by Federal or State law. Section 2 - Penalty If a student who has been determined to be ineligible by the Executive Director or the Appeals Board is nevertheless permitted to participate in interscholastic activities pursuant to a restraining order or injunctive order issued by a court, the penalties described in these Bylaws for participation in interscholastic activities by an ineligible player shall apply to the student and the student’s school, if the court subsequently upholds the Association’s determination that the student was ineligible. Section 3 - Waiver Request Procedures A request for a waiver of the eligibility rules must be directed by the student to the involved member school’s of fi cially designated administrator who shall then fi le a written request (on the appropriate form) stating the full particulars of the case and the reason felt by the student or the administrator, or both, for granting of the waiver. This request for waiver must be submitted to the Executive Director. Waiver requests should be fi led promptly when it becomes apparent to the student, or to his member school’s of fi cially designated administrator, that a waiver will be required. Prompt fi ling of a waiver request is necessary to permit timely processing of any appeals before commencement of the interscholastic activity for which the waiver is sought. Responsibility is on those seeking a waiver to provide timely additional documentary evidence relied upon to support the waiver request. Failure to provide timely additional documentary evidence will eliminate that evidence from consideration in the determination of the decision. All waiver approvals must be entered by the school into the School Activities Reporting System (SARS). (See Article 12 Section 10.B.) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 57 NOTE: Transfer waivers are initiated by the parent in studentcentral.bigteams.com. All other waivers are initiated by the member school. Contact the ASAA of fi ce for more information. Section 4 - Review by Executive Director Upon receipt of the waiver request, the Executive Director shall review it to determine whether any additional information is necessary. Any requests by the Executive Director for additional information pertaining to a waiver request shall be promptly supplied by affected students, coaches and member schools. In considering evidence provided in favor or opposed to the determination of a waiver request, and in investigating the matter, the Executive Director shall not be bound by the technical rules relating to evidence and witnesses. Relevant evidence will be considered if it is the sort of evidence on which responsible persons are accustomed to rely in the conduct of serious affairs, regardless of the existence of a common law or statutory rule that makes improper the admission of the evidence over objection in a civil action. Written decisions will be made by the Executive Director setting forth fi ndings of fact, conclusions based on the Association’s Constitution and Bylaws, other relevant Federal or State law, and shall include any resulting order. Such fi ndings, conclusions and orders shall be submitted to all appropriate and relevant parties within twenty-one (21) calendar days after the receipt of all materials and other additional information. Section 5 - Guidelines for Consideration Ignorance of any rule is not a suf fi cient reason for waiving a rule. To assist students and member schools in deciding whether to request a waiver of the eligibility rules, the following should be considered: A. If the student is a transfer student, a Transfer Form must be supplied to the Association of fi ce. B. A school’s ruling that a student is ineligible because of poor citizenship is not waivable by or appealable to the Association. C. Hardship Rule: 1. Upon recommendation of a member school, the Executive Director or the Appeals Board may grant eligibility to a student in certain hardship and emergency cases. 2. A waiver will not be granted in any case in which the asserted hardship is the sole result of knowing conduct by the student or his or her parents or guardians which had the effect of causing the hardship. 3. Hardship is an unforeseeable, unavoidable and uncorrectable act, condition or event which causes the imposition of severe and non-athletic burden upon the student and his/her family. D. Hardship Waiver: A hardship waiver is to grant an opportunity to participate, not a right to make a team. It is granted to replace what was lost. A waiver will frequently give advantage in maturity, strength and skill to the person seeking it. Thus, the facts must substantiate real hardship in order to justify giving an individual this added advantage which may deny an equally deserving student the opportunity to make the team, should a waiver be granted. E. Factors to Be Considered in Determining Whether a Hardship Exists: 1. Whether there were conditions beyond the control of the student or his/her parents that prevented the student from having the opportunity to participate at the time. Whether substantial evidence existed to support this. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 58 2. Whether the student could be reasonably expected to carry on if he or she desired at the time. Whether the hardship was too inhibiting or debilitating. Whether other students have carried on under similar conditions. Whether there is evidence to show that the hardship conditions existed. 3. Whether the parent(s) could have been expected to preclude or remedy the debilitating condition. 4. Whether granting the waiver would stand the test of fairness and/or the appearance of fairness, to every student when considering other students who are involved in the same intense competition of athletic pursuit. 5. Whether someone else will be denied a place on the team or squad who has met all the eligibility rules. 6. Whether the student is homeless as de fi ned in the McKinney-Vento Act, 42 USCS 11434 a (2), and whether the student’s homelessness affected the student’s ability to meet eligibility rule requirements. 7. Whether the student has a disability as de fi ned in Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, regulations thereunder, and any amendments thereto; and whether the student’s disability affected the student’s ability to meet eligibility rule requirements. F. Appeals Procedure: The appeals procedure for cases involving the hardship rule will follow the procedures speci fi ed in Article 4.

September 30, 2026 - First Practice October 15, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). December 12, 2026 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school wrestling teams while they are members of a school wrestling team. D. RULES 1.National Federation of High School (NFHS) Wrestling rules apply. 2. ASAA has not adopted the NFHS Weight Control Program. 3. To consistently interpret forfeits in terms of an individual’s won/loss record, as those records count toward seeding and at-large considerations the Board of Directors adopted the Wrestlers Match Record Recording Procedure found on the ASAA website wrestling coaches page. E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences (See Wrestling Conferences). Conferences are responsible for setting their own bylaws and policies. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. (i.e. State quali fi ers, tournament results, fi nal seeds) F. MAXIMUM MATCHES A maximum of 24 individual weigh-ins, exclusive of forfeits by opponents, exclusive of district or regional tournaments. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 199 G. REGULAR SEASON 1. A forfeit due to late arrival at the tournament site because of weather or transportation problems shall not eliminate a contestant from further competition in a tournament. The athlete will be placed in the consolation bracket. 2. If a team is delayed due to weather or transportation problems and arrives after weigh-ins have occurred, these contestants shall be weighed by themselves upon arrival prior to their fi rst match. 3. Girls may only wrestle other girls during conference qualifying tournaments and the state tournament. H. DUALS 1. Results from different divisions (e.g. Division and Girls) may not be combined to determine the dual winner 2. Duals may not be scheduled within fi ve (5) days of the conference tournaments. I. TAKEDOWN TOURNAMENTS All wrestlers must have fi ve (5) separate days of practice prior to the day of the tournament. Matches are determined either by a speci fi ed number of takedowns or a time limit. A wrestler may participate in only one takedown tournament each season which does not count as a match against the twenty-four (24) weigh-in limit. J. WRESTLING WEIGHT CERTIFICATION All wrestlers’ weight certi fi cation must be completed and entered in USA Bracketing prior to their fi rst competition. A wrestler must have the lowest weight class in which they may wrestle determined within 60 calendar days prior to the fi rst team competition of the season. Certi fi cation at a lower weight during the season is prohibited. After the fi rst 30 days of the season, a wrestler may not weigh in and wrestle at more than one weight class above the weight of certi fi cation without recertifying at a higher weight. Certi fi cation should be done before practice begins by a physician, physician assistant, advanced nurse practitioner or doctor of chiropractic. A student starting wrestling after the start of the season must have their minimum weight determined before the fi rst competition. K. WEIGH-IN PROCEDURES 1. An of fi cial weigh-in can only occur at an interscholastic competition involving at least two member schools. 2. An athlete from a member school can only receive an of fi cial weigh-in at an event involving two member schools competing in that gender for the event the weigh-in occurs 3. Each wrestler is required to have at least one-half of their weigh-ins during the season at the minimum weight they will wrestle during the state tournament. 4. It is recommended that all weigh-ins during the regular season follow the state procedure; Wrestlers will weigh-in in an authorized uniform with undergarments. GROWTH ALLOWANCE POLICY: One pound on the last Monday in October (October 26, 2026) One pound on the last Monday in November (November 30, 2026) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 200 L. WEIGHT CLASSES DI/DII - 103, 112, 119, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 152, 160, 171, 189, 215, 285 (14 total) Girls - 100G, 107G, 114G, 120G, 126G, 132G, 138G, 145G, 152G, 165G, 185G, 235G (12 total) M. STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. DATE December 18 – 19, 2026 2. SITE & HOST Alaska Airlines Center, Anchorage Hosted by: ASAA, UAA, & ASD 3. QUALIFYING FOR STATE Qualifying must occur at a conference tournament. 4. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT a. Type of Elimination There are 3 separate tournaments Division I, Division II and Girls. Each tournament is a 16 person bracket with consolation rounds. Every attempt will be made to fi ll each slot on the bracket. Crossover will occur after the fi rst round of matches. b. Scoring The top 6 fi nishers in each weight class will score bonus points toward team points. For all divisions, the top 14 individual scorers regardless of weight class count towards the school team score. c. Conference Berths (See Wrestling Conferences) At-Large berths will be selected by a committee using USA Bracketing and the State Seeding Criteria (except f.), along with information provided to it by wrestling coaches d. Scratches and Alternates: In the event a quali fi ed contestant is unable to compete due to extenuating circumstances (illness, injury, and ineligibility), it is the responsibility of the school of the indisposed contestant(s) to notify ASAA, by the deadline. Once noti fi ed ASAA will invite the next athlete using USA Bracketing and the State Seeding Criteria. After the deadline, if someone is not able to compete, that spot will not be fi lled. This substitution must be an ASAA eligible contestant. e. State Brackets Procedures 1. Automatically move up seeds and redraw the bracket if a seeded wrestler does not make weight, etc, or if there are uneven “byes” in the bracket. 2. Automatically award “pin points” for wrestlers wrestling a teammate in the state tournament. f. Weigh-In Procedures: All wrestlers will weigh-in in an authorized uniform with undergarments. 5. SEEDING QUALIFICATIONS The following is the criteria for state quali fi ed wrestlers to be seeded: a. Up to 6 wrestlers per weight class will be seeded using the Track Wrestling system. All other quali fi ers will be randomly drawn in. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 201 b. DI wrestlers must have a 51% or higher winning percentage. DII wrestlers must have a 40% or higher winning percentage. Girls have no minimal percentage. c. Wrestler must have wrestled at least 8 varsity matches. d. All matches must have been entered into Track Wrestling, including dual and tournament matches. e. Matches must have been designated as either Varsity or Junior Varsity. 6. SEEDING PROCESS The USA Bracketing round robin algorithm goes through each wrestler to compare that wrestler to every other seedable wrestler in that weight class. When comparing the wrestlers, it goes through the criteria in order. If one wrestler is better than the other based on the criteria, that wrestler receives a point, otherwise it goes to the next criteria. If all criteria is exhausted, each wrestler receives ½ point. Once every wrestler is compared to every other wrestler, the wrestlers are sorted by the points they accumulated during that process. If two wrestlers are tied on points, it goes to the head-to-head comparison between those two wrestlers. If more than two are tied based on points, it sorts them by the criteria until they are separated, or a two-way tie occurs at which point the head-to-head comparison is used. If two wrestlers remain tied after a head-to-head comparison, there will be a coin toss at the ASAA of fi ce to break the tie. Coaches will continue to utilize USA Bracketing to enter regular season and conference results. After the conference tournaments and scratch deadline, ASAA will release the seeds as determined by Track Wrestling’s running the ASAA Seeding criteria. ASAA will post those results and the seeding report online by 8:00 PM Tuesday. Coaches have until 8:00 AM Wednesday to notify ASAA of issues with the seeds. A committee composed of knowledgeable wrestling people will then review all the seeds, and those that coaches have questioned. This committee will have the authority to re-seed the tournament. Those coaches failing to utilize USA Bracketing properly will be issued a warning. If a “warned” coach makes the same mistake in future years, then the school is fi ned $250. 7. SEEDING CRITERIA The following national criteria was adopted by the Board of Directors. a. Head-to-head – strictly head-to-head record b. Record Against Common Opponents – based on winning percentage against an individual common opponent. c. Previous State Champion or Runner Up – fi rst or second place from the previous year, state champion fi rst – then runner up. d. Overall Varsity Record – overall winning percentage for varsity matches only. e. Varsity Record at Weight – minimum of 4 matches at state tournament weight class. f. Winning Percentage against seedable wrestlers. 8. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining wrestling championship information (i.e. rules, limits, passes, deadlines, match protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Wrestling Coaches web page. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 9. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the Swim/Dive coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 202 • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org 10. AWARDS a. First and second place trophies (DI, DII, DI Girls, DII Girls) b. 1st - 4th place medallions for all weight classes. c. Team Sportsmanship Award. d. Academic Award (Must have a minimum of 4 members to qualify) e. Outstanding Wrestler Award f. Good Sport Team Members. Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. M. “MINIMUM WEIGHT” WEIGH-IN POLICY AND INTERPRETATION 1. Interpretation of State Tournament Weight Class Each wrestler is required to have at least one-half of his/her weigh-ins during the season at the minimum weight he/she will wrestle during the state tournament series. 2. Interpretation of “Minimum Weight” After certi fi cation, a wrestler may not weigh-in and wrestle at more than one weight class above the weight of certi fi cation without recertifying at a higher weight. NFHS Rule 4, sec. 4, art. 2 “A contestant shall not wrestle more than one weight class above that class for which the actual weight, at the time of weigh-in, quali fi es the competitor. NFHS Rule 4, sec. 5, art. 8 “Any contestant failing to make weight during the weigh-in period shall be ineligible for that weight class. That contestant may weigh-in at a higher weight class.” Question #1: A wrestler, certi fi ed at 125 pounds, has 75% of his/her weighs-in at the 125 pound weight class during the majority of the season. He/she chooses to go up a weight class and 25% of his/her weigh-ins are at the 130 pound weight class for the remainder of the regular season. What weight class can this wrestler compete in legally at the State Tournament? Answer #1: The wrestler may wrestle at the 125 weight class and no lower; or at 130 or 135 pound weight class provided he/she abides by NF Rule 4-4-2, which states that a contestant shall not wrestle more than one weight class above the class for which the actual weight, at the time of weigh-in, quali fi es. This wrestler could legally wrestle at 125 pounds because of the “one-half rule” or at a higher weight class without regard to the “one-half rule.” Question #2 : A wrestler, certi fi ed at 125 pounds, weighs in and makes weight for the 130 pound weight class. What weight class can this wrestler compete in legally and how does it effect his/her weight certi fi cation? 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 203 Answer #2: The wrestler may wrestle at the 130 or 135 pound weight class This has no effect on the wrestler’s weight certi fi cation. Question #3: A wrestler, certi fi ed at 125 pounds, weighs in and makes weight for the 135 pound weight class. What weight class can this wrestler compete legally and how does it effect his/her weight certi fi cation? Answer #3: The wrestler may wrestle at the 135 or 140 pound weight class. The wrestler would automatically be recerti fi ed at 130 pounds (one weight class below that which he/she weighed in.) 3. Interpretation of “one-half of that wrestler’s weigh-ins” Only actual certi fi ed weigh-ins will count toward the one-half rule, not number of matches wrestled. Example: A wrestler participates in a 2-day tournament on Friday and Saturday. He/she weighs-in both on Friday and on Saturday for a total of two weigh-ins. He/she wrestles a total of four matches during the tournament. This wrestler may count only the two individual weigh-ins toward the “one-half rule.” Conference tournaments count toward the “one-half rule”. N. RINGWORM POLICY In the past ringworm infection among Alaska high school wrestling teams has been a problem. To help schools, coaches and of fi cials in dealing with this problem, ASAA has of fi cially adopted the following position based on two primary sources of authority; the National Federation Wrestling Rule Book and the State of Alaska, Department of Health and Social Services, Division of Public Health, Section Epidemiology. 1. The NFHS Wrestling Rule Book in Rule 4-2-3, addresses this issue and allows the student’s coach to provide written documentation from “an appropriate health-care professional” stating that the suspected disease or condition is not communicable and that the athlete’s participation would not be harmful to his opponent. This document shall be furnished at the weigh-in or upon arrival at the site of the dual meet or tournament. Covering a communicable condition shall not be considered acceptable and does not make the wrestler eligible to participate.” For purposes of this rule, ASAA has de fi ned “an appropriate health-care professional” as a medical doctor or physician and requires the written documentation to be on the ASAA RELEASE FOR WRESTLER TO PARTICIPATE WITH SKIN LESIONS form. 2. State of Alaska, Department of Health and Social Services, Division of Public Health, Section of Epidemiology (907-269-8000) Recommendations a. Coaches should examine their wrestlers for the development of any ringworm-like rash. Any identi fi ed wrestler should be referred to the school nurse or other health care provider for further evaluation. b. A quali fi ed trainer or health care provider familiar with the appearance of ringworm should be appointed as medical of fi cer for each competition or tournament. All wrestlers should be examined on the day of competition by the medical of fi cer. The medical of fi cer’s determination is fi nal and not subject to appeal. c. Wrestlers with ringworm can continue to train with the team in activities that do not have body contact, e.g., weight training, aerobic conditioning. d. Wrestlers can resume training involving body contact and wrestling competition only when the ringworm lesions have completely healed. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 204 e. Wrestlers with ringworm should continue treatment for a minimum of 4 weeks. f. Wrestlers should shower thoroughly with soap and water immediately after each practice and tournament. g. Wrestling mats should be routinely cleaned. h. Disquali fi ed wrestlers should be provided with an information sheet to take home and to their health care provider. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 205 WRESTLING CONFERENCES DIVISION I (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Cook Inlet (5) Mid-Alaska (3) Bartlett Eagle River Lathrop Bettye Davis East Service North Pole Chugiak South Anchorage Student Wrestler Development Program Dimond West Anchorage West Valley Northern Lights (5) Southeast (2) Colony Juneau-Douglas Kodiak Ketchikan Palmer Soldotna Wasilla At Large (1) DIVISION II (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Denali (3) Great Alaska (2) Kachemak (3) Anderson Akiachak Cook Inlet Academy Birchwood Christian Alakanuk Grace Christian Cantwell Aniak Holy Rosary Cordova Anna Tobeluk (Nunapitchuk) Homer Delta Junction Bethel Kenai Fort Yukon Chaputnguak (Chefornak) Kodiak Island ESSS Galena Chevak Mountain City Christian Academy Glennallen Emmonak Nikiski Houston George Morgan (Kalskag) Nikolaevsk Hutchison Hooper Bay Ninilchik Kenny Lake Ignatius Bean (Mt Village) Old Harbor Nenana Ket’acik Aapalluk (Kwethluk) Seward Redington Kuinerrarmiut (Quinhagak) Susan B. English (Seldovia) Su-Valley Kuskokwim Learning Academy Wasilla Lake Christian To k Nunam Iqua (Sheldon Point) Tri-Valley Pilot Station Valdez Scammon Bay St Mary’s Tuluksak Unalaska Voznesenka Z John Williams (Napasiak) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 206 Northern (2) Sockeye (1) Southeast (3) Ambler Bristol Bay Angoon Aniguiin (Elim) Chief Ivan Blunka (New Stuyahok) Craig Anthony Andrews (St Michael) Dillingham Gustavus Aqqaluk (Noorvik) King Cove Haines Barrow Koliganek Hoonah Buckland Manokotak Hydaburg Deering Newhalen Kake Gambell Sand Point Klawock Hogarth Kingeeluk (Savoonga) St Paul Metlakatla Kiana To g i a k Mt. Edgecumbe Kobuk Pelican Kotzebue Petersburg Koyuk SISD ESSS McQueen (Kivalina) Sitka Napaaqtugmiut (Noatak) Skagway Nome-Beltz Thorne Bay Selawik Wrangell Shaktoolik Yakutat Shishmaref Shungnak Tukurngailnguq (Stebbins) Unalakleet At-Large (2) GIRLS (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Cook Inlet (2) Denali (2) Great Alaska (1) Bartlett Anderson Akiachak Chugiak Brichwood Christian Alakanuk Dimond Cantrell Aniak Eagle River Cordova Anna Tobeluk (Nunapitchuk) East Anchorage Delta Junction Bethel Service Fort Yukon Chaputnguak (Chefornak) South Anchorage Galena Chevak West Anchorage Glennallen Emmonak Houston George Morgan (Kalskag) Hutchison Hooper Bay Kenny Lake Ignatius Bean (Mt Village) Nenana Ket’acik Aapalluk (Kwethluk) Redington Kuinerrarmiut (Quinhagak) Su-Valley Kuskokwim Learning Academy To k Nunam Iqua (Sheldon Point) Tri Valley Pilot Station Valdez Scammon Bay St Mary’s Tuluksak Unalaska 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 207 Z John Williams (Napasiak) Kachemak (1) Mid Alaska (1) Northern (1) Cook Inlet Academy Lathrop Ambler Grace Christian North Pole Aniguiin (Elim) Holy Rosary SWDP Aqqaluk (Noorvik) Homer West Valley Barrow Kenai Buckland Kodiak Island ESSS Deering Mountain City Christian Academy Gambell Nikiski Hogarth Kingeeluk (Savoonga) Ninilchik Kiana Old Harbor Kobuk Seward McQueen (Kivalina) Susan B. English (Seldovia) Napaaqtugmiut (Noatak) Voznesenka Nome-Beltz Wasilla Lake Christian Selawik Shaktoolik Shishmaref Shungnak St. Michael Tukurngailnguq (Stebbins) Unalakleet Northern Lights (2) Sockeye (1) Southeast (2) Colony Bristol Bay Angoon Kodiak Chief Ivan Blunka (New Stuyahok) Craig Palmer Dillingham Gustavus Soldotna King Cove Haines Wasilla Koliganek Hoonah Manokotak Hydaburg Newhalen Juneau-Douglas Sand Point Kake St Paul Ketchikan To g i a k Klawock Metlakatla Mt Edgecumbe Petersburg SISD ESSS Sitka Skagway Thorne Bay Wrangell Yakutat At-Large (3) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 208

September 2, 2026 - First Practice September 17, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). December 12, 2026 - Last Regular Season Contest B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school ri fl e teams while they are members of a school ri fl e team. D. RULES Civilian Marksmanship Program (CMP) Rules apply with Regional modi fi cations. E. CONFERENCES Ri fl e teams are not currently categorized into conferences. F. MEET LIMITATIONS ASAA has no limitations on total number of meets allowed for either teams or individuals. G. STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS Currently there is no state tournament for Ri fl e as it does not meet the criteria. H. HEALTH CONSIDERATIONS Firearm instructors and frequent shooters are inherently at increased risk for lead poisoning from lead dust and fumes generated at fi ring ranges. Airborne lead dust in fi ring ranges is generated by: a. Erosion of the bullet base by propellant gases b. Friction from the lead bullet against the gun barrel c. Lead bullets fragmenting from hitting the bullet trap, walls, fl oors or range ceiling d. Improper range-cleaning methods disturbing steeled lead dust e. Poor range ventilation found in both indoor and outdoor ranges 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 159 Health Effects Lead is typically absorbed by breathing lead dust. After shooting, lead can also be ingested when drinking, eating and/or smoking without hand-washing. During shooting, lead dust can settle on hair and clothing, which can then be carried back to cars and homes — potentially to harm children. Lead absorbed by children under six years of age can cause permanent damage. Lead is a toxin that affects the brain, nervous system, digestive and reproductive systems, kidneys, and the ability to make blood. To determine lead exposure, a health professional can take a blood sample for analysis. An elevated blood lead level indicates that lead is building up in the body faster than it can be removed. The State Environmental Public Health Center for Disease Control recommends that ri fl e shooters have pre- and post- season lead blood levels drawn each year. Recommendations for fi ring range shooters who are concerned about lead a. Substitute jacketed or ammunition containing lead-free primers and bullets. b. Use the shoot range ventilation systems. c. Wash hands and face before eating, drinking, and before leaving the range. d. Wash and store fi ring range clothes separately from family clothing. e. Ask your physician to order a blood lead test. f. Never load bullets or melt lead in an unventilated area inside the home or anywhere children may frequent. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 160 SOCCER ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation on girls’ teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON 2026-2027 SEASON Coed Soccer (Region 2 Schools and others upon approval) July 29, 2026 - First Practice August 13, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). October 3, 2026 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) Soccer March 3, 2027 - First Practice March 25, 2027 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). May 22, 2027 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school soccer teams while they are members of a school soccer team. D. RULES 1. National Federation of High School (NFHS) Soccer rules apply. 2. ASAA adopted rules; Regular season games do not have overtimes. NFHS Tie Breaker Procedure apply for regional and state championship play. 3. Coed Supplemental Rules: a. A team can have no more than seven players of either gender on the fi eld at any time. Positions required to be fi lled by females are limited to females who were assigned female at birth. b. If a team has fewer than four players of one gender they can play down up to two players before forfeiting. c. There will be no slide tackling. Such play is to be determined “dangerous” by the referee and play should be restarted with an indirect kick. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 161 E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences (See Soccer Conferences). Conferences are responsible for setting their own bylaws and policies. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. (i.e. State quali fi ers, tournament results, fi nal seeds) To address equitable travel burdens and ensure fair competition access, the following policies have been approved by the ASAA Board of Directors for the Aurora Coastal Conference • Each year, two schools from the Aurora Coastal Conference will be required to travel to Ketchikan. • Ketchikan High School will provide the following support to each visiting team: ‣ 11 tickets per team ‣ Housing in the school facility ‣ Local transportation while in Ketchikan ‣ Two meals provided F. MAXIMUM GAMES A team may play 22 regular season games exclusive of conference or state championships. Additional games may be played under the Endowment Game guidelines. G. ENDOWMENT GAMES ASAA encourages each school’s team sports to play Endowment Games during the season above and beyond the 22 game/match limit. Additional Endowment Games may be played each season. (Article 7 Section 9) School teams may play Endowment Games at any time during the regular season, beginning with the date of the fi rst contest and extending to the start of the conference tournament. Endowment Games do count in a team’s overall season record for at large and seeding purposes. Schools wishing to host Endowment Games must apply in writing to ASAA by submitting the “Endowment Game Application Form” no later than one week prior to the game. Under no circumstances may an Endowment Game be played until this form has been signed by ASAA and returned to the participating schools. ASAA will invoice the responsible school $100 for each game. H. JAMBOREE REGULATIONS All players must have fi ve (5) separate days of practice prior to the fi rst day of the Jamboree. It shall include three (3) or more teams. A team is limited to no more than four (4) 30-minute halves with no more than one (1) half against any other team. A team may only play in one jamboree each season. A jamboree does not count as a game against the 22 game limit. I. INDIVIDUAL PARTICIPATION LIMITATION Students may participate in four halves per day. J. REPORTING SCHEDULES & RESULTS 1. A school coach, administrator or of fi cial team representative must create an account at the MaxPreps.com website and submit their varsity level team schedules. This must be done by the fi rst day of practice. 2. All scores must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website from the previous week by the following Tuesday 7:00 PM during the regular season. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 162 3. All scores from the conference tournament must be entered into the MaxPreps.com website by Sunday, 8:00 AM. 4. Schools failing to meet these mandates will be given a warning for the fi rst offense, fi ned $200 for the second offense. K. STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. DATE • Coed Soccer - No state tournament • Soccer - May 27-29, 2027 2. SITE & HOST Anchorage School District, Schools TBD Hosted by ASAA, & ASD 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT a. Type of Elimination All championship tournaments are an eight team single elimination, consolation bracket. b. Championship Schedule A detailed schedule and bracket will be available online on the Soccer State Information page. c. Conference Berths (See Soccer Conferences) d. At-large Division I & Division II at-large will be determined by the adopted RPI formula NOTE: If Cook Inlet fails to annually send two (2) CIC teams to Fairbanks to play each Fairbanks school and two (2) teams to Juneau to play Juneau-Douglas with at least 3 to 4 CIC teams playing the Mat-Su schools either at home or away the at-large berth will automatically go to the Railbelt Conference e. Bracketing Division I & Division II seeding will be determined by the adopted RPI formula. f. Overtime Policy First round games and winner side of the bracket will follow the NFHS adopted overtime procedure. Consolation side of the bracket will follow the tie breaker penalty kick procedure. 4. STATE ROSTERS Game Rosters may not exceed 22 players, but may vary from game to game, provided all players are listed on the of fi cial tournament roster. (See Article 7 Section 10 and State Championship Roster Policy). 5. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining Soccer Championship information (i.e. roster limits, passes, deadlines, game protocol, facility info, coaches’ meetings, etc), will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Soccer Coaches web page. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 163 6. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the Soccer coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 7. AWARDS a. First and second place trophies b. 22 individual medallions for players, coaches, managers, of the fi rst and second place teams c. Team Sportsmanship Award d. Academic Award e. All Tournament medallions awarded for outstanding tournament play, regardless of player position on the fi eld. f. Player of the game awarded to one player from each team each game g. Two Good Sport Team Members Per Team Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 164 SOCCER CONFERENCES DIVISION I (SPRING) (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Cook Inlet (4) Railbelt (3) Bartlett Colony Bettye Davis East Juneau-Douglas Chugiak Lathrop Dimond Wasilla Eagle River West Valley Service South Anchorage West Anchorage At-Large Berth (1) DIVISION II (SPRING) (Berths to state are indicated in parenthesis) Aurora Coastal (4) Northern Lights (4) Houston Grace Christian Hutchison Homer Ketchikan Kenai Central Monroe Catholic Kodiak North Pole Nikiski Palmer Seward Redington Soldotna ONE CLASSIFICATION (FALL/COED) (No ASAA State Tournament) Birchwood Christian Cook Inlet Academy Delta Junction Holy Rosary Lumen Christi Nenana Su-Valley Tri-Valley 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 165 SOFTBALL GIRLS - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation on girls’ teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON

August 5, 2026 - First Date of Season August 20, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). October 31, 2026 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school swim & dive teams while they are members of a school swim & dive team. D. RULES 1. National Federation of High School Swimming and Diving rules apply with a change to Rule 3.3. Article 2 shall read; Suits shall be of one piece. Suits worn for competition must be non-transparent. Male suits shall not extend above the waist or below the top of the kneecap. Female suits shall not extend beyond the shoulders or below the top of the kneecap, nor cover the neck. Violations: When an of fi cial discovers a competitor wearing illegal attire as described in Article 2, the of fi cial shall: a. When observed prior to the start of the heat/dive, notify the coach of the competitor to make the suit legal before becoming eligible to compete. If the competitor cannot comply without delaying the start of the heat/dive, the competitor is disquali fi ed from that event/dive and shall not be eligible for further competition until in a legal suit. b. When observed after the heat/dive of fi cially begins, disqualify the competitor at the completion of the heat/dive; nullify the competitors performance time/score and he/she shall not be eligible for further competition until in a legal suit. 2. ASAA permits the use of backstroke ledges during the regular season and at the state championships but not at conference championships 3. The schedule of dives should follow the National Federation Rule Book Schedule. The third weekend of the season, which is August 21 and 22, 2026, will be considered as week 1 for diving competition. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 173 4. ASAA Supplemental Rule - Body Art: Body art (drawings, writings and tattoos) is not a problem simply because it is on a swimmer. Body art that may be deemed offensive (profanity, ethnic slurs, taunting, obscene pictures) is a problem. If body art is brought to the referee’s attention, and the referee deems that it may be offensive to someone, the swimmer should be given the opportunity to remove it or to cover it. If the swimmer refuses, he/she is disquali fi ed from the meet. If the body art is not seen until the swimmer is competing, then he/she shall be disquali fi ed, as in the rule applicable to jewelry, and given the opportunity to remove it or to cover it prior to the next swim. Coaches who have doubts should have their swimmers check with the referee prior to the start of the meet E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences (See Swim & Dive Conferences). Conference meet results determine state championship quali fi ers. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. F. MAXMUM MEETS ASAA has no limitations on total number of meets allowed for either teams or individuals. G. STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. DATE November 6 - 7, 2026 2. SITE & HOST Bartlett High School Pool, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA, & Anchorage School District 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT a. State Qualifying Swimmers/Divers must compete in a conference meet in order to qualify for the state championship meet. 8 LANE POOL - Only those eight in the fi nals will be submitted for quali fi cation. 6 LANE POOL - The top six quali fi ers in the fi nals will be submitted for quali fi cation. Consolation fi nals will be held to determine the times for the 7th and 8th swimmers in the prelims. The 7th and 8th top quali fi ers will swim in lanes 3 & 4 of the consolation fi nals. Their times IN THIS RACE will also be submitted for quali fi cation. (Note: In the event that another swimmer in consolation fi nals swims faster than the swimmers in lanes 3 and 4, their times would not be submitted, as their times in the prelims did not put them in the top eight.) b. State Berths - Individual Swimming Events The fi rst place fi nisher from the fi nals of each conference qualifying meet plus the next 12 fastest times statewide will qualify for a total of 16 swimmers. c. State Berths - Diving Events The top two fi nishers from the fi nals of each conference qualifying meet, plus the next eight best scores will qualify for a total of 16 divers. d. State Berths - Relay Events The fi rst place relay team from the fi nals of each conference qualifying meet, plus the next four fastest overall team times statewide, for a total of eight relay teams. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 174 e. Scratches and Substitutions Should the fi rst place winner decide not to attend state, that position cannot be transferred to the second place fi nisher in that conference. In the event a quali fi ed contestant is unable to compete due to extenuating circumstances (illness, injury, and ineligibility), it is the responsibility of the school of the indisposed contestant(s) to notify ASAA, by the deadline. Once noti fi ed, ASAA will invite the next athlete with the best qualifying time. If there is a declared scratch at the Coach’s Meeting, ASAA will invite the next available alternate that is already quali fi ed into the meet in another event. Relays: All team members originally named in the conference relays, up to eight, not only those who swam, are eligible to be placed in the relay after the Wednesday deadline following all NFHS rules for relay alternate swimmers. Divers: Alternates that are invited to state meet must submit dive sheets at the time of accepting the invite. First and second alternates can submit dive sheets early in case they become participants. f. Conference Result Submissions to ASAA • Please use school name abbreviations found on ASAA.org Swim & Dive section. • Submit only the eight swimming times for each event as speci fi ed above. • DO NOT submit any preliminary times. • Submit ALL relay athletes originally named in the conference relays, not only those who swam. These names (8 max) MUST be the ones received for state entry, no substitutions. • Submit only the top eight divers’ scores. In the event of a tie, only a tie for 16th place will result in an additional athlete being included in that event. All other ties are counted as part of the pool of 16. • Dive sheet from the Conference meet must be submitted to ASAA. 4. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining Swim & Dive championship information (i.e. supplemental rules, substitutes, passes, deadlines, protocol, facility info, coaches meetings, etc) will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Swim & Dive Coaches web page. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 5. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the Swim/Dive coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 6. AWARDS a. First and second place trophies b. 1st - 4th place medallions for EACH event, including relays 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 175 c. Team Sportsmanship Award d. Academic Award (Teams must have a minimum of 4 members of one gender to be eligible.) e. Outstanding Competitor Award f. Good Sport Team Members. Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 176 SWIM & DIVE CONFERENCES Individual Swim Events: The fi rst place fi nisher from each Conference qualifying meet fi nals plus the next twelve best times will qualify to the State Championships for a total of 16 swimmers. Relay Teams: The fi rst place relay team from each Conference qualifying meet fi nals plus the next four best times will qualify to the State Championships for a total of eight relay teams. Individual Dive Events: The top two fi nishers from each Conference qualifying meet fi nals plus the next eight best scores will qualify to the State Championships for a total of 16 divers. Cook Inlet Mid Alaska Bartlett Bethel Bettye Davis East Hutchison Chugiak Lathrop Dimond Monroe Catholic Eagle River Nome-Beltz Service North Pole South Anchorage West Valley West Anchorage Valdez Northern Lights Southeast Colony Craig Cordova Haines Homer Juneau-Douglas Kenai Central Ketchikan Kodiak Metlakatla Palmer Mt. Edgecumbe Seward Petersburg Soldotna Sitka Unalaska Wrangell Wasilla 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 177 TENNIS ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation in girls’ events shall be limited to individuals who were assigned female at birth. To align with ASAA bylaws regarding double division sports, students assigned female at birth are prohibited from competing in both Singles and Girls Singles events during the same school year. In Mixed Doubles, where one teammate must be a female assigned female at birth, a player cannot fi ll both an open spot in Mixed Doubles and a spot reserved for females assigned female at birth during the same season.” A. SEASON

March 3, 2027 - First Practice March 25, 2027 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). May 22, 2027 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Region Championship) B. MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7 Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school track & fi eld teams while they are members of a school track & fi eld team. D. RULES National Federation of High School (NFHS) Track & Field rules apply. E. CONFERENCES All teams are assigned to conferences (See Track & Field Conferences). Conference meet results determine state championship quali fi ers. A contact person must be selected to communicate conference information with ASAA. F. MAXIMUM MEETS ASAA has no limitations on total number of meets allowed for either teams or individuals. G. SANCTIONED EVENTS Only events that have been previously sanctioned by the Board of Directors may be included in seasonal and championship meets. The State Championships will be comprised of the following events; 100 meters 100/110 Hurdles Discus 200 meters 300 Hurdles High Jump 400 meters 4x100 Relay Long Jump 800 meters 4x200 relay Shot Put 1600 meters 4x400 relay Triple Jump 3200 meters 4x800 relay 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 182 For Uni fi ed athletes, the State Championships will be comprised of the following events; Athlete & Partner Long Jump Athlete & Partner 100 meters Athlete & Partner Shot Put 4x100 Relay - Athlete, Partner, Partner, Athlete For Adaptive athletes, the State Championships events available based on athlete’s participation; Shot Put Triple Jump 1600 meters Discus High Jump 3200 meters Long Jump 800 meters H. STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS 1. DATES May 28 - 29, 2027 2. SITE & HOST Dimond High School, Anchorage Hosted by ASAA & Dimond High School 3. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMAT a. Qualifying Format • Regions can host meets for both classi fi cations. After all automatic quali fi ers are determined, all other results are placed in a pool for selection. • There will be two state meets held jointly for the Division I and II classi fi cations. • Division I and II State Meets will consist of prelims and fi nals in each event except for the 1600, 3200, and relay events. b. Division I Individual & Relay Berths The top fi nisher from the fi nals from Regions 3,4,5,6 will qualify for the state championship. In addition, the next 12 statewide best track times from the fi nals and the 12 statewide best fi eld distances from the preliminary and the fi nals will qualify. The top relay team from the fi nals from Regions 3,4,5,6 plus the next four best statewide times from fi nals will qualify for the fi nals at the State Championship. c. Division II Individual and Relay Berths The top fi nisher from the fi nals from Regions 2,3,5,6 will qualify for the state championship. In addition, the next 12 statewide best track times from the fi nals and the 12 statewide best fi eld distances from the preliminary and the fi nals will qualify. The top relay team from the fi nals from Regions 2,3,5,6 plus the next four best statewide times from fi nals will qualify for the fi nals at the State Championship. All Region 1 schools will be placed into the Region 2 Track and Field Conference Meet. d. Uni fi ed Individual and Relay Berths Athletes must qualify through a region meet. Automatic quali fi ers will be the top mark from each region. ASAA will use the remaining marks as possible at-large quali fi ers up to a maximum of 8 entrants. e. Adaptive Athletes: Each school may bring up to four (4) adaptive athletes. They can compete in fi eld events, the 800, 1600 and 3200 meters. Schools must notify ASAA 30 days prior to the state meet which events they will be competing in. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 183 f. Ties: Ties for the last qualifying position will be invited to State Track & Field meet. These ties will be invited as long as the integrity and impact on the event and other athletes is minimal. Ties for the last qualifying position will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. g. High Jump: All At-Large High Jump quali fi ers must have jumped, at their Region Meet, the starting height of the state championship to qualify. h. Scratches and Substitutions: Should the fi rst place winner decide not to attend the state meet, that position cannot be transferred to the second place fi nisher in that region. In the event a quali fi ed contestant is unable to compete due to extenuating circumstances (illness, injury, and ineligibility), it is the responsibility of the school of the indisposed contestant(s) to notify ASAA, by the deadline. Once noti fi ed ASAA will invite the next athlete with the best qualifying time. After the deadline, if someone is not able to compete, that spot will not be fi lled. This substitution must be an ASAA eligible contestant. 4. PROCEDURES FOR STATE ENTIRES a. All conference meets are required to utilize Athletic.net with each division having its own fi le. b. ASAA will post the top 16 quali fi ers and up to three alternates on the Monday morning prior to the State Event. c. All quali fi ed participants are automatically entered. Alternates will be automatically entered as scratches occur. d. Coaches need to decline those quali fi ers not attending the state meet by Wednesday 8:00 AM. To decline, the school will need to unregister the entry on athletic.net . Once a coach has unregistered an athlete they may not reregister them. e. If there is a declared scratch at the Coach’s Meeting, ASAA will invite the next available alternate that is already quali fi ed into the meet in another event. 5. STATE POLICIES & PROCEDURES DOCUMENT This detailed document outlining Track & fi eld championship information (i.e. supplemental rules, substitutes, passes, deadlines, protocol, facility info, coaches meetings, etc) will be available online prior to the start of the championship on the Track & Field Coaches web page. State qualifying teams are required to review this document. 6. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP FORMS All state forms are accessed through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) and submitted online. More information and due dates can be found on the Track & Field coaches page at asaa.org . The following forms need to be submitted; • Eligibility roster • State Championship Entry Form • State Championship Photo Upload Form • State Championship Code of Conduct • Good Sport Selection Form • Academic Award Entry Form (submitted by admin, found at asaa.org ) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 184 7. AWARDS a. First and second place team trophies b. 1st - 4th place medallions for EACH event (including Uni fi ed Events) c. Team Sportsmanship Award d. Academic Award (Teams must have a minimum of 4 members of one gender to be eligible.) e. Outstanding Competitor Awards f. Good Sport Team Members. Members are selected by their head coach to be honored for outstanding citizenship and sportsmanship throughout the entire season. g. Adaptive Awards • 1st and 2nd place medallion for 1-7 participating athlete in each event. • 1st-4th place medallions for 8 or more participating athletes in each event. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 185 TRACK & FIELD QUALIFIERS DIVISION I Individual Events: The top fi nisher from the fi nals from Regions 3,4,5,6 will qualify for the state championship. In addition, the next 12 statewide best track times from the fi nals and the 12 statewide best fi eld distances from the preliminary and the fi nals will qualify. Relay Teams: The fi rst place relay team from each Conference qualifying meet fi nals plus the next four best times/distances will qualify to the State Championships for a total of eight. Region 3 Region 4 Colony Bartlett Kodiak Bettye Davis East Palmer Chugiak Soldotna Dimond Wasilla Eagle River Service South Anchorage West Anchorage Region 5 Region 6 Juneau-Douglas Lathrop Ketchikan North Pole West Valley DIVISION II Individual Events: The top fi nisher from the fi nals from Regions 2,3,5,6 will qualify for the state championship. In addition, the next 12 statewide best track times from the fi nals and the 12 statewide best fi eld distances from the preliminary and the fi nals will qualify. Relay Teams: The fi rst place relay team from each Conference qualifying meet fi nals plus the next four best times/distances will qualify to the State Championships for a total of eight. Region 2 All Region 1 schools will be placed into the Region 2 Track and Field Conference Meet Region 1 schools that have track & fi eld teams Region 2 schools that have track & fi eld teams 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 186 Region 3 Region 5 Region 6 Grace Christian Angoon Homer Craig Delta Junction Houston Gustavus Galena Kenai Central Haines Hutchison Mountain City Christian Academy Hoonah Monroe Catholic Nikiski Hydaburg Valdez Redington Kake Seward Klawock Metlakatla Mt. Edgecumbe Petersburg SISD ESSS Sitka Skagway Thorne Bay Wrangell Yakutat 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 187 VOLLEYBALL GIRLS & MIX SIX - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participants on 2A, 3A, 4A teams shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. A. SEASON

Section 1 - Contracts/Schedules for Contests and Events A. It is recommended the fi nal agreements relating to contests or events between or among member schools must be incorporated into written contracts (may be on forms provided by the Association) or on league schedules. These contracts or league schedules must be executed by mutual consent of the representatives of the respective schools and exchanged or established not less than ten (10) calendar 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 23 days prior to the contest. The contract or schedule may not be canceled or altered except by mutual consent of the schools involved. Breach of contract or league schedule will be considered a rule violation. B. Contract Violation: A contract violation is a unilateral breaking of a game event contract which was agreed upon in writing or by league schedule with another school. A contract signed by the previous administrator of a school is enforced unless nulli fi ed by agreement of both schools’ administration. Pulling a team off the fl oor or fi eld is an intentional contract violation. C. Penalty: The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A member school under warning or other penalty status may be assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. 1. First Offense: • $200 fi ne per affected game. • If intentional, the school forfeits the game(s) as applied to its game limit count, is placed on probation, and receives a $500 fi ne, per affected game(s). • The violating school may also be required to reimburse the aggrieved school for fi nancial losses, as determined by the Board of Directors 2. Second Offense: • School is placed on probation or suspended. • Forfeiture of affected game(s), as applied to its game limit count. • $500 fi ne per affected game(s) • Loss of playoff eligibility in the activity in which the contract violation occurred. • Possible reimbursement for fi nancial losses to the agrrieved school, as determined by the Board of Directors. Section 2 - Non-Member School, Suspended School, and Out-of-State Competition A. As a condition of membership, members expressly agree that they and their member schools will not take part in any interscholastic activities or contests with schools eligible for membership but who are not member schools of the Association, nor will they take part in any activities or contests with clubs or other non-school entities(alumni & faculty contests excepted). Upon request, a waiver may be granted by the Executive Director to participate in interscholastic activities with a non-member school. A member school may participate in interscholastic activities with a non-member school of less than twenty- fi ve (25) students on an intermural basis as long as the schools are in the same school district and as long as they are in compliance with all other Association athletic eligibility regulations. B. A member school may not participate in any contest or event with an out-of-state school unless a sanction has been granted by the Board of Directors. The Executive Director may approve such contests or events that occur in-season. Other requests for approval of such contests or events occurring during the school year must be submitted to the Board of Directors. C. Participation without a waiver under paragraph A or a sanction under paragraph B of this section will result in disciplinary action for the member school. D. A member school may not participate in any contest or event with a school that is under suspension from the Association. E. A member school may not play a Non-Member School, Non-school Entity, Suspended School or Unauthorized Out-of-State Travel. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 24 F. Penalty: The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A member school under warning or other penalty status may be assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. 1. First Offense: The school receives a fi ne of $200 minimum. If the Association determines that the violation involved intentional conduct by a school representative, the school will be placed on probation, and will receive a fi ne of $500. 2. Second Offense: School will be placed on probation/suspension, will lose playoff privileges, and will receive a fi ne of $500. Section 3 - Use of Ineligible Students A. A member school may not permit students who are ineligible under the Bylaws to represent the school in interscholastic activities in or otherwise appear on the fi eld or fl oor in uniform during any contest between itself and other member schools. B. Penalty: A student deemed to be ineligible and the member school which permitted the student to participate under the rules set forth in the Bylaws will be subject to the following penalties. The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may be assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. 1. First Offense: Member school forfeits game or meet and receives warning. If the Association determines that the violation involved intentional conduct by a member school representative, the school will be placed on probation/suspension and will receive a fi ne of up to $2500. 2. Second Offense: School forfeits game or meet and receives a $200 fi ne. If the Association determines that the violation involved intentional conduct by a school representative, the school will be placed on probation/suspension and will receive a fi ne of up to $2500. 3. In addition to the above penalties, one or more of the actions below may be taken: a. that individual or team records achieved during participation by an ineligible player be vacated or stricken; b. that team or individual awards earned by an ineligible player be returned to the Association c. that if an ineligible student competes in a meet, match or tournament in violation of Association Bylaws, all points earned by that student , or by that student’s team, or by a relay team of which the student is member, are to be declared forfeited; and in team sports (including wrestling), the entire contest is forfeited. Records earned by other team members will stand. Section 4 - Contest & Event Supervision A certi fi ed staff member, or other person approved in advance by the principal or superintendent of a member school or district, must be in charge of participants. For athletic events this person must be certi fi ed through the Alaska Coaches education Program. Host schools must have an administrator or designee in attendance. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 25 Section 5 - Personal Conduct/Sportsmanship A. All Association contests or events must feature high standards of courtesy, fair dealing and sportsmanship. B. In matters pertaining to personal conduct, such as gross violations of sportsmanship, attacks on of fi cials and other gross misconduct by any student, school staff member, coach or school community member, the Association will determine appropriate penalties and whether or not the student, coach or school will be suspended or barred from future contests or events. C. No student or coach may physically attack a contest of fi cial or coach. Notwithstanding any other penalty schedule described in this Article, where such attack includes physical contact determined by the Association to have seriously threatened the health or safety of the of fi cial or coach, any student committing such an offense will lose all eligibility for one calendar year from the date of the attack; and any coach committing such an offense will be suspended from practicing and coaching in any Association sanctioned activity for one calendar year from the date of the attack. D. All suspension penalties imposed by the Executive Director under Section 5 will take effect immediately upon determination of the penalty. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 4 Section 2.C, a member school or individual subject to a suspension penalty may request an expedited appeal, in which case the Appeals Board shall make a written decision within four (4) calendar days after receipt of the written appeal and all materials and other additional information submitted by the appellant. In such case, an oral hearing may be requested, but will be granted only for good cause shown. Of fi cials' decisions can't be appealed to ASAA except in the case of misapplication of rules. The board does not intend to review of fi cials' decisions or judgement calls. Section 6 - Penalty For Violation of Section 5 A. Penalty: The following penalties assume that a member school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A member school under warning or other penalty status may have additional penalties than those listed below. B. Poor Sportsmanship, Gross Misconduct and/or Loss of Control of an Event: Aggrieved school or party must report by phone to the Association or regional representative on the Board of Directors within seventy-two (72) hours. This must be followed by a full written statement. 1. First Offense: The member school will be placed on probation and will receive a fi ne of $500 minimum. The coach and/or student may be suspended from practice and competition for a period of time to be determined by the Association, based on the circumstances of the incident. 2. Second Offense: The member school will be placed on probation/suspension and will receive a fi ne up to $2,500 maximum. The coach and the student may be suspended from practice and competition for a period of time to be determined by the Association, based on the circumstances of the incident. C. Student Ejection (see speci fi c Supplementary Rules for Hockey): Team Sports 1. An ejected player must leave the bench and be supervised by another adult. In the event there is no other adult to supervise, the player may remain on the bench. Player must refrain from participation in any scheduled contest in the same activity (game suspension) until the completion of the suspension period at the same level (ie. JV, Varsity). This means that a Varsity player may not participate in a JV game while waiting for the next Varsity game in which he/she is suspended. Schools may not schedule additional contests to circumvent this provision. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 26 2. First Ejection - For a fi rst ejection during a respective sport season, a student shall be removed for the remainder of the contest and shall serve a one game suspension. 3. Second Ejection - For a second ejection during a respective sport season, a student shall be removed for the remainder of the contest and shall serve a two game suspension. Prior to returning to competition, the student must complete the on-line NFHS Course entitled, “Sportsmanship.” At http:// www.nfhslearn.com/ 4. Third Ejection - For a third ejection during a respective sport season, a student shall be removed for the remainder of the contest and becomes ineligible for the remainder of that sport season. NOTE: A jamboree/pool play does not count as a contest for the purpose of meeting the suspension requirement. Should a student be unable to complete a suspension during the sports season in which the ejection occurs, the suspension shall be carried over into the student’s succeeding season of participation. In order for the suspension in the succeeding season of participation to meet this requirement, the student must be a member of the team for the entire season for that sport. D. Coach Ejection: Team Sports 1. Immediately upon being ejected from a contest, the coach shall be removed from the vicinity of the playing area (out of sight and sound) and will be prohibited from any further contact (direct or indirect) with the team during the remainder of the game. For failure to comply, the referee may forfeit the game. Coach must refrain from coaching in any scheduled contest in the same activity (game suspension) until completion of the next regularly scheduled contest at the same level. Schools may not schedule additional contests to circumvent this provision. Implementation of this penalty will be delayed for a coach who is traveling with his/her team when the game ejection occurs, and who has no assistant coach or other authorized individual available at the site of the contest to supervise the team during the period of suspension. In such case, the ejected coach must serve the suspension during the next regularly scheduled contest after returning to the home community. 2. Coach may not be physically at the site of any contest, nor may he/she have any contact, direct or indirect, with their teams during a contest while suspended 3. First Ejection: For a fi rst ejection during a respective sport season, a coach shall be removed for the remainder of the contest and shall serve a one game suspension. 4. Second Ejection: For a second ejection during a respective sport season, a coach shall be removed for the remainder of the contest and shall serve a two game suspension. Prior to returning to coaching, the coach must complete the on-line NFHS Course entitled, “Teaching and Modeling Behavior” at http://www.nfhslearn.com/ 5. Third Ejection: For a third ejection during a respective sport season, a coach shall be removed for the remainder of the contest and becomes ineligible for the remainder of that sport season. NOTE: A jamboree/pool play does not count as a contest for the purpose of meeting the suspension requirement. E. School Penalty: The principal of a school whose students and/or coaches accumulate 5 or more ejections during a school year (10 if participating in football or hockey, 15 if participating in football and hockey) will be expected to explain to the ASAA Board of Directors, a Plan of Action to reduce the number of ejections. This explanation must be presented at the next Board meeting. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 27 F. Appeal of a Game Suspension: The Board of Directors will not hear an appeal of a game suspension penalty under this section, from either a player, a coach or other affected individual, if the contest ejection which caused the suspension was based on a judgement call of an of fi cial. The Executive Director will waive a game suspension under this section only if the game ejection was a result of a misapplication of a rule by a contest of fi cial. Any misapplication of a rule which results in a game ejection must be reported by the calling of fi cial, by no later than noon of the next business day following the end of a contest, by notifying ASAA verbally and by following up in writing.” G. Reporting an ejection: The head coach is responsible for reporting an ejection within 24 hours to his/ her administrator. A player or coach who fails to serve a required game suspension under this rule will be subject to penalty. Schools and of fi cials must notify the Association whenever a player or a coach is ejected from a game or contest by submitting a Contest Ejection or Hockey Penalty Incident form. H. Failure to Serve a Game Suspension: A player or coach who is required to serve a game suspension subsequent to a game ejection will be subject to the following penalty for failure to do so: 1. First Offense: The member school will be placed on probation and will receive a fi ne of $250 minimum. The player or coach may be suspended from practice and competition for a period of time to be determined by the Association based on circumstances of the incident. 2. Second Offense: The member school will be placed on probation/suspension and will receive a fi ne of $1000 maximum. The player or coach may be suspended from practice and competition for a period of time to be determined by the Association, based on the circumstances of the incident. Section 7 - Sunday Contest or Event Rule A. Interscholastic events or contests may not be held on Sunday. If inclement weather, transportation dif fi culties or equipment failure forces the cancellation of one contest of a scheduled series, and the series cannot be rescheduled at a later date, the host school may request of the Executive Director that a Sunday contest be sanctioned. Transportation dif fi culties (in scheduling games) is a reason for allowing schools to schedule a Sunday contest or event. Sunday contests or events require a waiver. B. Sunday Contest or Event Waiver: The host school may apply for a waiver because of a visiting team’s inability to arrive at the contest site because of inclement weather or equipment failure. Procedure to Request Waiver: 1. Principal or superintendent of each school must approve contest. 2. Host school must complete and send Sunday Contest/Event Waiver Form to the Executive Director after the event occurs. C. Playing Unauthorized Sunday Sport Contests/Interscholastic Events: D. Penalty: The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may be assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. 1. First Offense: School will be placed on probation and will receive a fi ne of $200 minimum. 2. Second Offense: School will be placed on probation/suspension, and will receive a fi ne of $500 minimum. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 28 Section 8 - Playing Rules A. All sports will follow National Federation of State High School Association rules with the following exceptions: 1. Badminton - Badminton World Federation Simpli fi ed 2. Bowling - Modi fi ed USBC 3. Gymnastics - USA Gymnastic 4. Flag Football - NFHS rules with ASAA modi fi cations 5. Nordic Ski - FIS Rules with ASAA modi fi cations 6. Ri fl e - Modi fi ed CMP Rules 7. Coed Soccer - NFHS rules with ASAA modi fi cations 8. Swim & Dive - NFHS rules with ASAA modi fi cations 9. Tennis - USTA with ASAA modi fi cations 10. Mix Six Volleyball - NFHS rules with ASAA modi fi cations 11. Wrestling - NFHS rules with ASAA modi fi cations 12. ASAA has adopted supplementary rules for baseball, hockey and softball Section 9 - Of fi cials A. Certi fi ed Of fi cial: A certi fi ed of fi cial is one who has passed the appropriate National Federation, if applicable, or other National Governing Body Rules Exam in a particular sport and who has registered with the Alaska School Activities Association. Of fi cials under Association jurisdiction are: Baseball, Basketball, Cross Country Running, Football, Gymnastics, Hockey, Nordic Ski, Soccer, Softball, Swim & Dive, Volleyball, Wrestling and Track & Field. B. Use of Certi fi ed Of fi cials: The Alaska School Activities Association encourages individuals from throughout the state to pursue their interest in of fi ciating high school contests. Only of fi cials certi fi ed by the Association shall be eligible to of fi ciate in regularly scheduled Association contests for all sports listed in paragraph (A) above (exception C below). C. Use of Non-Certi fi ed Of fi cials: Member schools in remote areas, unable to provide certi fi ed of fi cials, may use non-certi fi ed of fi cials under the following conditions: 1. The host school shall notify the visiting school when non-certi fi ed of fi cials are to be used. 2. The responsibility and liability for selection and use of any non-certi fi ed of fi cial becomes that of the host school. D. Penalty: The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may be assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. Use of Non-Certi fi ed Of fi cials Except as in Article 6 Section 9.C: 1. First Offense: Host school forfeits the contest and receives a fi ne of $200 minimum. 2. Second Offense: Host school will forfeit the contest, will be placed on probation, and will receive a fi ne of $500 minimum. E. Procedure for Selecting Of fi cials for State Tournaments: Approval of the selection process for determining of fi cials for state tournaments rests with the Board of Directors. The Association attempts to 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 29 secure the most quali fi ed persons from throughout the state to of fi ciate state tournaments. The procedure is outlined in State Championship Polices. F. Standards for Of fi cials: While of fi ciating ASAA sanctioned contests, of fi cials shall conduct themselves in accordance with standards of good sportsmanship, professional competence, fairness and integrity, including but not limited to the standards set forth in the National Federation Of fi cials’ Code of Ethics. 1. Decertifying or Denying Certi fi cation — the Executive Director may decertify or deny certi fi cation to a contest of fi cial for gross or repetitive violations of these standards. Requests to decertify or to deny certi fi cation must be fi led in writing to the Association. Only requests from member schools, districts, regional associations or of fi cials’ associations will be considered. The Executive Director may, on his own initiative or on written request, decertify or deny certi fi cation to a contest of fi cial who is a registered sex offender or child kidnapper under the statutes and regulations of the State of Alaska. 2. Right-of Appeal — The affected of fi cial may appeal the Executive Director’s decision in accordance with Article 4 Section 1. Evaluation by the Executive Director of a potential decerti fi cation shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article 3 Section 3, including providing opportunity for the affected contest of fi cial to submit information in writing.

Section 1 - Compliance with Title IX A. The Association will comply with the provisions of Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Alaska Statue Chapter 18.80, and all amendments there to.No person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the bene fi ts of, be treated differently from another person or otherwise be discriminated against in any activities regulated by the Association . B. Separate Te a m s and Contact Sport s: Separate teams for each sex are permissible in contact sports or where selection for teams is based on competitive skill. If a separate high school athletic team is established for female students, participation shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. Contact sports include wrestling, ice hockey, football, basketball, and any other sport “the purpose or major activity of which involves bodily contact .” C. Sports Divisions Single Division Sports: Whenever a school has a team in a given sport for one sex only, and athletic opportunities for the other sex have been limited, members of both sexes must be allowed to try out for the team. Double Division Sports: Whenever a school has separate divisions based on sex, one team shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth. The other team shall not be limited to either sex. However, a female is ineligible to compete on both teams during the same school year. Coed Teams: Prior to the fi rst contest of the season for a speci fi c sport, a school may declare a team as a coed team. If a school chooses to have coed team, then it may not have a separate team in that sport. Any school declaring a coed team may not compete in any district, regional or state competition in the division limited to females who were assigned female at birth. An exception to the playoff rule is made for mix six volleyball when a separate playoff category is provided by the Board of Directors. D. Equal Opportunity: A school must provide equal athletic opportunity for both sexes in numbers that are “substantially proportionate” to enrollment. In determining whether athletic opportunities are equal, the 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 30 United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare (HEW) will consider whether the selection of sports and levels of competition effectively accommodates the interests and abilities of members of both sexes. HEW will also consider (among other factors): locker rooms, practice and competitive facilities, medical and training facilities and services, equipment, supplies, game and practice schedules, travel, per diem allowances, coaching (including assignment and compensation of coaches), academic tutoring, housing, dining facilities, publicity and support services. Equal expenditures are not required, but HEW “may consider the failure to provide necessary funds for teams for one sex in assessing equality of opportunity for members of each sex.” Section 2 - Compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 A. The Association will comply with the provisions of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 USC §794 (a) and (b)), and all amendments thereto. No student shall, on the basis of a disability as de fi ned in Section 504 and regulations thereunder, be denied an opportunity to bene fi t from participation in or otherwise be discriminated against in any activities regulated by the Association. This does not mean that a disabled student must be allowed to participate in any selective or competitive activity, but that the selection or competition criteria not be discriminatory on the basis of a disability. B. The Association’s eligibility rules shall not operate, on the basis of disability, to render a student ineligible to participate, or to limit the eligibility of a student to participate in any activities regulated by the Association. Section 3 - Sanctioned Activities Member schools may sponsor any sport and/or activity which is listed under the following headings: Sports Con fi ned to a Season, and Activities Without Seasons. Section 4 - Seasons Sports con fi ned to a season • Badminton • Baseball • Basketball • Bowling • Cheer • Cross-Country Running • Flag Football • Football • Gymnastics • Hockey • Nordic Ski • Ri fl e • Soccer • Softball • Swim & Dive • Tennis • Track & Field • Volleyball (Girls & Mix Six) • Wrestling Activities con fi ned to a season • Esports 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 31 Activities without seasons • Art • Drama, Debate & Forensics • Dance / Drill Teams • Honor Band, Choir, Orchestra • Music Festivals • Solo & Ensemble Music Festival • Student Government • World Language Declamation Section 5 - Addition or Suspension of Sanctioned Activities A. Adding Sanctioned Activities: The Board of Directors may sanction additional interscholastic activities to those listed under Section 4 upon request of member schools or districts. To be approved for full sanctioning, an activity must have met the following criteria: 1. Must have 6 or more schools that are currently competing in the sport/activity. 2. At least 8 schools must sign an emerging status application and commit to continuing their program in emerging status. 3. Gain approval by the Board of Directors to be deemed emerging. 4. Remain in emerging status for a minimum of 2 years and maximum of 5 years. 5. Must reach 12 teams registered and fully participating for two years before becoming eligible for approval as fully sanctioned interscholastic activity. 6. If it does not reach 12 teams in 5 years it is sent back to the Board for review to either provide additional time or remove it from emerging status Requests to sanction should be directed to the Association no later than April 15 for all activities. B. Suspending Sanctioned Activities: The Board of Directors may suspend sanctioning of an activity listed in Section 4 if the Board feels that it is in the best interests of the Association and member schools to do so. Requests to suspend sanctioning may be directed to the Association by member schools or districts, the Executive Director or any Board member. Section 6 - Seasonal Competition A. The Board of Directors adopts the calendar. The fi rst (Fall) season begins in July. Spring season ends no later than the second week of June. Students who participate in activities that begin or end at times other than during the regular school term are considered to be eligible for participation if they were or will be eligible during the regular school term. B. Speci fi c seasonal dates cannot be changed without Board of Directors approval. Minor adjustments may be made as needed to fi t calendar needs. C. De fi nition of Season - For an activity that is con fi ned to a season, the season is established by the Board of Directors and may begin with the fi rst day of practice and end at the conclusion of the state championship event. From time to time, the Board of Directors may grant a post season extension when requested in a timely manner by a member school, for the sole purpose of out-of-state competition. Additionally, cheer squads may request a pre-season extension for the sole purpose of cheering at the Great Alaska Shootout. D. Penalty: The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may be 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 32 assessed additional penalties than those listed below, up to and including suspension from the Association. E. Out-of-Season Practice/Play: 1. First Offense: School receives warning and the head coach receives a suspension of games equaling the number of days of the violation. If Association determines that the violation involved intentional conduct by a school representative, probation for one school year and the head coach receives a game suspension for three times the length of the infraction. 2. Second Offense: The head coach receives a suspension for one school year and the school will receive a fi ne of $200 minimum. Section 7 - Practice A. All players must have ten (10) separate days of physical practice in the same sport activity prior to the 1st day of competition. For the purpose of this bylaw, a “practice” is de fi ned as a regularly scheduled team physical activity designed for the preparation of athletes for the sports season and conducted under the supervision of a certi fi ed school coach during the season established by the Board of Directors. In order to qualify as practice the student must participate in at least an hour of physical activity. In situations beyond the control of the student and school, like weather-related school closures, the Executive Director may approve a waiver for up to three (3) practices. If a waiver is granted it is the responsibility of the school and coach to ensure the student is physically ready to participate. NOTE: To request a waiver contact the ASAA o ffi ce . B. When a student is participating in an ASAA sport that overlaps the beginning of another ASAA sport, only fi ve practices in the second sport are required. In addition when a student is participating in a nationally recognized activity (or the Arctic Winter Games) that overlaps the beginning of an ASAA sport season, the Executive Director may waive up to fi ve practices. For purposes of this section, a “nationally recognized activity” is a non-school athletic competition and/or practice, in a sanctioned ASAA sport, conducted under the auspices of a national sports governing body as part of an Olympic Development Program. This activity will usually be conducted outside of the state of Alaska. In situations beyond the control of the student and school, like weather-related school closures, the Executive Director may approve a waiver for up to three (3) practices. If a waiver is granted it is the responsibility of the school and coach to ensure the student is physically ready to participate. NOTE: To request a waiver contact the ASAA o ffi ce . C. Scrimmages: A scrimmage is a practice and should be treated as such. Scrimmages with other teams or schools do not count as games. Coaches should stop the play at will to give instructions. Scrimmages may not involve: 1. of fi cial game clock or score book 2. admission charge 3. advertisements or announcements about the event. D. If a student has completed the required practices but has not competed or practiced for whatever reason for less than two weeks, no additional practices are required before returning to competition with the concurrence of the coach. If a student misses between two and four weeks of practice and competition, fi ve additional days of practice and the concurrence of the coach are required before returning to competition. If more than four weeks have been missed, the student must have ten (10) additional days of practice and concurrence of the coach before returning to competition. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 33 E. Member schools permitting a student to participate in interscholastic competition without meeting the practice requirements of this section will be considered to be using an ineligible player and will be subject to penalty under Article 12 Section 1. Section 8 - Number of Games or Periods of Play per Day or Week A. Basketball: When playing at two different levels (i.e. varsity and jv) players are limited to 6 periods of play per day exclusive of invitational, conference and state tournaments. When playing at the same level, there must be a two-hour time lapse between the end of one game and the beginning of the next game. The maximum amount of games a player may participate in a given day is three. B. Flag Football: When playing at two different levels (i.e. varsity and jv) players are limited to 6 quarters of play per day exclusive of invitational, conference and state tournaments. When playing at the same level, there must be a two-hour time lapse between the end of one varsity game and the beginning of the next game. When playing at the same level, there must be a 30-minute time lapse between the end of one sub-varsity game and the beginning of the next game. The maximum number of games a player may participate in a given day is three.” C. Football: A school may have its players participate in six (6) quarters of play per week, except that a kicking specialist may play in up to eight (8) quarters per week, providing that in four (4) quarters the player does no more than kick. D. Hockey: When playing at the same level, students may participate in 6 periods of play per day or two games and there must be a two (2) hour time lapse between the time the athlete played in the fi rst game and the time he/she plays in the second game. When playing at two different levels (i.e. varsity and jv) players are limited to 6 periods of play per day but are not required to have a time lapse between games. E. Soccer: Student may participate in four halves per day. F. Penalty: The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing, has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may have additional penalties than those listed below. Exceeding Maximum Number of Games or Periods per Day or Week: 1. First Offense: School will forfeit game and will be placed on probation. 2. Second Offense: School will forfeit game, will receive a $200 fi ne and will be placed on probation/ suspension. Section 9 - Maximum Games Prior to Quali fi cation for State Tournament A. The following number of games/matches may be played during the regular season. In addition, 2 Endowment Games may be played each season in the following team sports; Baseball, Basketball, Hockey , Soccer, Softball and Volleyball. • Baseball — 22 contests, exclusive of conference tournaments • Basketball — 22 games exclusive of conference tournaments or 19 games and one individual tournament of three or more games. • Flag Football — 22 contests, exclusive of conference tournaments • Football — one game per week to a maximum of 9 games per season exclusive of playoffs • Hockey— 22 contests, exclusive of conference tournaments • Soccer— 22 contests, exclusive of conference tournaments • Softball — 22 contests, exclusive of conference tournaments 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 34 • Volleyball — 22 contests, exclusive of conference tournaments • Wrestling — 24 individual weigh-ins exclusive of forfeits by opponents exclusive of conference tournaments B. Penalty: See Section 8.E above. Section 10 - Team Roster Size limits for State Championships A. In order to promote fairness and the “level playing fi eld” concept, the Association has established maximum team roster size limits for players in uniform for the following state tournament championships: • Baseball 18 • Basketball 12 • Basketball Cheer 12 (on sideline) • Cross-Country Running 7 • Nordic Ski 6 • Flag Football 30 • Football - Division I 65 (quarters, semis & fi nal) • Football - Division II / III 48 (semis & fi nals) • Hockey 20 • Hockey Cheer 12 (standing) • Soccer 22 • Softball 18 • Volleyball - 3A 12 • Volleyball - 4A 14 • Volleyball - Mix Six/2A 12 B. Penalty: The following penalties assume that a school is in good standing and has not been warned or is not under other penalty at the given time. A school under warning or other penalty status may have additional penalties than those listed below: Exceeding Roster Size Limit: 1. First Offense: School will forfeit game and will be placed on probation. 2. Second Offense: School will forfeit game, will receive a $200 fi ne and will be placed on probation/ suspension. Section 11- Joint Participation and Cooperative School Programs A. Cooperative School Programs for 1A and 2A Schools: All member schools classi fi ed as 1A or 2A are eligible to participate in the Cooperative School Program when timely application is approved by the Executive Director. The purpose of this rule is to provide adequate numbers of participants to make a team for competition in the smaller high schools in Alaska. It is not the intent of this rule for schools to be able to form “All Star” teams. For the purposes of this section, team sports are de fi ned as football, basketball, volleyball, mix six volleyball, hockey, baseball, softball and soccer. Cooperative School Programs are de fi ned as a union of two or more member schools who do not have suf fi cient players (as de fi ned by names on the School Activities Reporting System (SARS)) to fi eld a team and elect to join another school or schools who do not have suf fi cient players to form a team. Cooperative sponsorship of any activity by two or more member schools will be considered under the following conditions: 1. Schools are located in the same geographical area. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 35 2. Combining School Enrollments — When schools are involved with the cooperative sponsorship of any activity and the combined enrollments of the schools involved exceeds the classi fi cation number in grades 9 through 12, these schools will compete at the next higher classi fi cation in that activity. 3. Cooperative sponsorship agreements must be in affect for a minimum of an entire season. 4. The participating member schools must jointly submit the Application for Cooperative Sponsorship Form to the Executive Director. 5. Applications must be submitted to the Executive Director for fall activities by August 1; winter activities by October 15; and spring activities by January 15. The Executive Director may at his/her discretion act on applications after these dates. 6. The Executive Director may approve an application to participate in the Cooperative School Program where it is shown that such a program is necessary to afford full opportunity for participation by students in the affected schools. B. Other Cooperative School Programs: All member schools whose enrollments are less than 500 students in grades 9-12 that are unable to participate in the Cooperative School Program under Section B may participate in the Cooperative School Program in a team sport with another member school whose enrollment is also less than 500 when timely application is approved by the Executive Director. The purpose of this rule is to provide adequate numbers of participants to make a team for competition in the smaller high schools in Alaska, not to enable the formation of “All Star” teams. Applications will be considered under the following provisions: 1. Schools may form cooperative teams only in the sports of football, tennis, volleyball, hockey, basketball, softball, baseball and soccer. Schools may not cooperate for the individual sports of cross- country running, swim & dive, wrestling, nordic ski, and track & fi eld. 2. All but one of the schools requesting to coop do not have suf fi cient numbers of players interested in forming a team. 3. All schools involved in a cooperative school agreement must be members of the same school district. Administrators of involved schools and the superintendent must approve this agreement. EXCEPTION: The Executive Director also may approve cooperative school programs of single site school districts 4. When the combined enrollments of all schools involved exceeds their classi fi cation cutoff levels, the cooperative team shall compete in the next .higher classi fi cation for state tournament qualifying purposes. EXCEPTION: If the combined enrollments in grades 9 through 12 causes the cooperative team to qualify for a higher classi fi cation, the schools requesting permission for a cooperative team may petition the Board of Directors for an exception to this provision. Factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors when evaluating a petition for an exception may include, but are not limited to, number of participants from each school, how much the combined ADM exceeds the classi fi cation cutoff point, and geographic considerations. 5. No students may be cut or displaced by the additional students from the cooperative school(s). 6. Cooperative agreements must be in effect for a minimum of an entire season and may be renewed on an annual basis. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 36 7. Deadlines for applications: Fall Sports, Winter Sports, Spring Sports – fi rst of fi cial day of practice in that speci fi c sport season according to the ASAA calendar. Football – the December board of directors meeting. 8. The Executive Director may approve this application if the above conditions are met. C. The Board of Directors may also approve cooperative school programs for member schools who do not otherwise qualify under these sections. Request will only be considered at regular Board of Directors meetings. Schools are encouraged to consult with the Executive Director as how to best submit request. D. Joint Participation Program for 1A and 2A Schools: If a member school classi fi ed as 1A or 2A is unable to fi eld a team and is also unable to participate in a cooperative program with another 1A or 2A member school, it may petition the Executive Director for permission for its students to participate on another 1A or 2A member school’s team in the same geographical area. In this section, team has the same de fi nition as stated in Section B. above. The schools’ enrollments will not be combined in determining the team’s classi fi cation under the Joint Participation. E. ESSS Designation: All member schools classi fi ed as 1A are eligible to participate in the ESSS Designation system when timely application is approved by the Executive Director. The purpose of this rule is to provide adequate numbers of participants to ensure and make possible competition in the smallest high schools in Alaska. It is not the intent of this rule for schools to be able to form “All Star” teams. Rather it is to help the smallest of member schools be able to consistently conduct activities. ESSS Designation schools are de fi ned as the permanent union of two or more member schools who typically do not have the suf fi cient number of students to provide meaningful participation and elect to join a similar sized school. School choosing to take part in the ESSS Designation system must meet the conditions of Article 7 Section 11.B. F. Af fi liate Schools: Students attending non-member schools within school districts that have member schools may register with both a “school of eligibility” for sports and an “af fi liate school” for the activities: • All-State Art • All-State Music Festival • E-sports • Solo & Ensemble Festival • Student Government • World Language

Any member of the Alaska High School Hall of Fame may be removed for unethical conduct and / or behavior upon a 90 percent af fi rmative vote of a quorum of the current Selection Committee. Any member or designee of a member, who is subject to removal will be given the opportunity to submit a written statement on his/her own behalf prior to a vote of the Committee. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 65

These bylaws may be amended by the ASAA Board of Directors upon a 90 percent af fi rmative vote of the Selection Committee quorum. As of 2/19/2012 Revised 4/26/2016 Revised 2/13/2017 Revised 1/13/2019 Revised 4/28/2024 Revised 12/8/2025 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 66 GENERAL POLICIES 1. Classi fi cation A student is considered a high school student when he or she is actually registered as a high school student, not when earning high school credit as may be given to junior high students. The following conditions apply: A. Schools are classi fi ed by their enrollments in grades 9-12 according to the previous school year’s October report to the Department of Education and Early Development. Non- enrolled alternative education program students who participate in a member public, private or religious school’s interscholastic activity program will be added to the prior October count in determining the school’s total number for future classi fi cation purposes. B. The following sports and activities have state-culminating competitions based on the following school classi fi cations: ONE CLASSIFICATION All-State Art All-State Music Drama, Debate, & Forensics Esports Flag Football Nordic Ski Solo & Ensemble Swim & Dive Te n n i s World Language Declamation TWO CLASSIFICATIONS Baseball - Division II (1-650 students), Division I (651 students & above) Cheer Competition - Division II (1-500 students), Division I (501 students & above) DDF Team - Division II (1-500 students), Division I (501 students & above) Hockey - Division II (1-850 students), Division I (851 students & above) Soccer - Division II (1-850 students), Division I (851 students & above) Softball - Division II (1-850 students), Division I (851 students & above) Track & Field - Division II (1-500 students), Division I (501 students & above) Wrestling - Division II (1-500 students), Division I (501 students & above) THREE CLASSIFICATIONS Cross-Country Running - Division III (1-150 students), Division II (151-500 students) Division I (501 students & above) Football - Division III, Division II, Division I (Board places schools into Divisions) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 67 FOUR CLASSIFICATIONS Volleyball - Mix Six (1-60 students), 2A (61-150 students), 3A (151-500 students), 4A (501 students & above) Basketball - the ASAA Board of Directors has adopted the following classi fi cation system: 1. With the exception of schools de fi ned by Item 2 all schools will be classi fi ed by their enrollment. 1A (1-60 students), 2A (61-150 students), 3A (151-500 students), 4A (501 students & above) 2. All statewide boarding schools and all schools within 25 miles of the following municipalities: Anchorage, Fairbanks, Wasilla, Soldotna will be moved up one classi fi cation from where they participated the previous classi fi cation cycle. For the teams involved a two-step analysis of data will be used to determine its classi fi cation. Step One Analysis a. Winning percentage in regular season games against ASAA member teams at a higher classi fi cation over the last fi ve years concluding with a state tournament. Teams with greater than 40% winning record earn a √ . Teams with over 75% earn an additional √ . (Teams must have at least 15% of their games played against teams at a higher classi fi cation for this factor to be considered.) b. Winning percentage in regular season games against ASAA member teams at the same classi fi cation over the past fi ve years concluding with the state tournament. Teams with greater than 50% winning record earn a √ . Teams with over 75% winning record will earn two √ s. c. State Tournament Appearances over the past eight years: Teams earn a point for each appearance. Teams earning fi ve points receive a √ . d. Cumulative State Points: Points as follows - (State Points based as follows: 1st place 8 points, 2nd place 7 points, 3rd place 6 points, 4th & 5th place 4 points, 6th, 7th & 8th place 0 points). Teams earning over 40 points over the past eight years earn a √ . e. Teams receiving less than fi ve √ s will  remain at their previous classi fi cation. Teams receiving fi ve or more √ s move to step two for further analysis. Step Two Analysis a. Teams with players participating in out of season games and scrimmages/leagues during the months of August through April earn a √ . Schools will be required to report this. Failure to do so may result in penalties and/or loss of playoff privileges for one year. b. Teams having four or more transfers over a three-year period earn two √ s. c. Public schools which allow students from outside their boundaries to attend earn two √ s. Any schools, such as private schools, boarding schools or alternative schools, which do not have traditional limited geographical boundaries, earn two √ s. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 68 d. Teams receiving less than two √ s return to their previous classi fi cation. Teams receiving two or more checks in step two remain at their new higher classi fi cation. 3. Future Classi fi cation Cycles - The classi fi cation will remain in effect until the next classi fi cation cycle (See item C) a. At the next classi fi cation cycle, teams moved to a higher classi fi cation in a prior classi fi cation cycle will be again analyzed. When conducting the Step One Parts A and B analysis for such teams, each team will be analyzed based on the classi fi cation they were prior to being moved to the higher classi fi cation level. (See examples below) 1. If a team earns two or less √ s in step one it will be lowered a classi fi cation unless it receives three or more √ s in step two, in which case the team will remain at its current classi fi cation. 2. If a team earns three or four √ s in step one, it will remain in the current classi fi cation. 3. If a team earns more than fi ve √ s in step one, the team will be placed in the next highest classi fi cation for the next three years if it earns 2 or more checks in step two. b. Teams not moved up the previous classi fi cation cycle, will be analyzed under the two-step analysis outlined above in Paragraph 2. Examples for each classi fi cation: For schools moved from 3A to 4A                                   For schools moved from 2A to 3A Step One Part A Analysis: Step One Part A Analysis: Year 5 results versus 4A                                   Year 5   results versus 3A and 4A Year 4 results versus 4A                                   Year 4   results versus 3A and 4A Year 3 results versus 4A                                   Year 3   results versus 3A and 4A Year 2 results versus 4A                                   Year 2   results versus 3A and 4A Year 1 results versus 4A                                   Year 1   results versus 3A and 4A Step One Part B Analysis: Step One Part B Analysis: Year 5 results versus 3A                                   Year 5 results versus 2A Year 4 results versus 3A                                   Year 5 results versus 2A Year 3 results versus 3A                                   Year 5 results versus 2A Year 2 results versus 3A                                   Year 5 results versus 2A Year 1 results versus 3A                                   Year 5 results versus 2A For schools moved from 1A to 2A Step One Part A Analysis: Year 5 results versus 2A, 3A and 4A Year 4 results versus 2A, 3A and 4A Year 3  results versus 2A, 3A and 4A Year 2  results versus 2A, 3A and 4A Year 1  results versus 2A, 3A and 4A 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 69 Step One Part B Analysis: Year 5 results versus 1A Year 4  results versus 1A Year 3 results versus 1A Year 2 results versus 1A Year 1 results versus 1A C. Reclassi fi cation Enrollment Policy: Every third spring, the board will analyze enrollments of member schools based on that school year’s October OASIS report, while adding the participation numbers of alternative education program students participating under AS.14.30.365 and AS 14.45.350. D. Request to compete at a higher classi fi cation 1. Member schools may request to “opt up” one classi fi cation level in a speci fi c activity. To be approved: a. The request must be made during the regular three-year reclassi fi cation cycle. b. The request must apply to both genders of the activity. 2. Once approved, the opt-up status remains in effect through the entire three-year cycle, unless unforeseen circumstances arise. A school may later choose to opt back down by notifying ASAA by September 1 of the reclassi fi cation year. E. Request to Compete at a Lower Classi fi cation – Competitive Factors 1. Schools may request to “opt down” one classi fi cation level in an activity (for both or a single division) based on competitive performance. To be considered: a. The request must be made during the three-year reclassi fi cation cycle. b. Only competitive factors will be considered, including: ◦ Win/loss record vs. current classi fi cation opponents over the past 3 years ◦ Win/loss record vs. lower classi fi cation opponents over the past 3 years ◦ Student enrollment numbers 2. If a pproved, the following conditions apply: a. Year 1: Ineligible for post-season play b. Years 2 & 3: Eligible for post-season play c. If the team quali fi es for the state tournament in either Year 2 or Year 3, it will not be eligible to petition for placement at a lower classi fi cation during the next reclassi fi cation cycle. However, the school may request to remain at the same classi fi cation level in which it competed during the prior cycle. If that request is granted, the team will be eligible for post-season play during all three years of the new cycle. 3. Unless there are unforeseen circumstances, once granted, the request remains in effect for the full three-year cycle. Schools return to their original classi fi cation level at the end of the cycle unless a new request is submitted by  September 1  of the reclassi fi cation year. F. Request to Compete at a Lower Classi fi cation – Financial, Geographic, or Scheduling Factors 1. Schools may request to “opt down” one classi fi cation level in an activity based on fi nancial, travel, or scheduling challenges. To be considered: a. The request must be made during the reclassi fi cation cycle. b. The Association will consider: ◦ Competitive factors (see Section E) ◦ Regional support ◦ Financial, geographic, and scheduling impacts 2. If approved, the team is eligible for state tournament participation during all three years of the cycle. Requests must be submitted by  September 1  of the reclassi fi cation year. G. Ineligible 5th Year Students: 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 70 1. If a school’s enrollment for grades 9-12 for the previous school year is higher than thirty (30) students due to enrolled, ineligible 5th year seniors, as veri fi ed by the superintendent, and if the school would otherwise qualify to have 8th grade students participate under Article 12 Section 2.D., ( Use of Junior High or Middle School Students ), the superintendent may request that the ineligible 5th year seniors not be included in the total number enrollment for the purposes of this section. 2. After forgiveness for ineligible 5th year students has been granted, schools will be assigned to classi fi cations. Schools which will be reclassi fi ed to a higher level under this policy may appeal the reclassi fi cation based on the average enrollment data for the current and 2 previous years. Schools which are reclassi fi ed will remain in their current classi fi cations until the beginning of the second school year, at which time they will move to their new classi fi cations. Schools will remain in their new classi fi cations for three years; at which time the cycle begins again. H. Unforeseen Circumstances: The Association may consider a request from a member school by the school’s superintendent for the Association to make an allowance for a speci fi c school for unforeseen circumstances of the classi fi cation policy outlined in 1A-B.1. An example for when an allowance may be granted would include emergency transfers that increase a school’s classi fi cation. In reviewing such a request, the Association may also consider, fi nancial, geographical, scheduling, and competitive factors. Schools making a request for a waiver shall do so by September 15 after receiving the notice from ASAA of the school’s classi fi cation by sending a written request to the Executive Director. I. Classi fi cation Policy Cycle April 2029 – check enrollments/reclassify schools/schools may appeal 2029-30 – schools remain at current classi fi cations 2030-31 – schools move to new classi fi cations 2031-32 – schools remain at current classi fi cations April 2032 – check enrollments/reclassify schools/schools may appeal 2032-33 – schools remain at current classi fi cation 2033-34 – schools move to new classi fi cations 2034-35 and thereafter – schools remain at current classi fi cations April 2035 – check enrollments/reclassify schools/schools may appeal 2035-36– schools remain at current classi fi cation 2036-37 – schools move to new classi fi cations 2037-38 and thereafter – schools remain at current classi fi cation Narrative Example: Smith High School is a 2A school with an enrollment of 155 in April of 2029 (including alternative education program students). There is no request for forgiveness, so the board reclassi fi es Smith High School to 3A beginning in 2030-31 (the school remains at the 2A level in 2029-30). Smith High School is a 3A school in 2030-2031, 2031-2032, 2032-2033. 2. ASAA Outsourcing Policy These procedures or guidelines have been developed to aid schools or districts that are considering moving an interscholastic program from school sponsorship to community sponsorship. • A District or school contact person must be identi fi ed, and that name forwarded to ASAA. • All ASAA rules and procedures must be reviewed and followed by outsource agency. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 71 • Coaches’ training and certi fi cation will be required as of other coaches (Alaska Coaches Education Program) • National Federation Rules books should be provided to coaches when appropriate. • ASAA approved playing rules must be followed. • District or school has the right of approval and the responsibility of supervision of coaches. • Outsource agency contact with ASAA should be channeled through the district or school. • District or school must abide by ASAA Bylaw, Article 6 Section 4, which states: A certi fi ed staff member, or other person approved in advance by the principal or superintendent of a member school or district, must be in charge of participants. For athletic events this person must be certi fi ed through the Alaska Coaches Education Program. Host schools must have an administrator or designee in attendance. 3. Proof of Residence Change For transfer purposes, at least two of the following three are required as proof of residence change: Alaska Driver’s License, Voter Registration Card, and Permanent Fund Application. 4. E-Mail Policy In line with traditional business practices, ASAA will respond to appropriate email correspondence as time allows. Please include your full name, af fi liation, mailing address and phone number in your email. ASAA will not respond to email containing: 1) Student eligibility questions or 2) Profanity. If the content of your email requires a response from a school or district administrator, we will forward your email message accordingly. We appreciate you taking time to contact our of fi ce. 5. ASAA Pass Policy ASAA offers an Association pass to schools to purchase for $50 each. This pass will allow the bearer entrance into any regular season event, regional or district event, and any and all state tournaments for the year. The pass will be available for all certi fi ed coaches, athletic/activities directors, school board members, and school administrators. ASAA will personalize each pass as they are ordered by the school and that person will need to show ID when using the pass. In addition, ASAA provides passes to its sponsors which must be honored at all ASAA sanctioned activities. 6. Board Meeting Expenses Policy The ASAA Board of Directors has determined that regions or sending organizations will provide transportation, hotel costs and per diem for members to attend Board meetings. 7. Fiscal Year August 1 - July 31 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 72 8. Capitalization Policy Fixed assets are stated at cost. Expense for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and major renovations are capitalized. All expense for equipment in excess of $5000 are capitalized and depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets on a straight-line basis. All donated fi xed assets are capitalized at fair market value or estimated value at time of receipt. 9. Gold Lifetime Pass ASAA has a program under which those individuals who have made an extraordinary contribution to high school activities in Alaska and/or at the national level may be selected as recipients of an ASAA Gold Lifetime Pass. Quali fi cations: Signi fi cant service to high school students of Alaska through demonstrated leadership for at least twenty (20) years at the state and/or national level. Served as activities administrator, coach/ director/advisor, of fi cial, community supporter, or committee member. Number: Up to eight recipients each year, with not more than one per region or association. In the event of extenuating circumstance, the Board may award additional recipients. Selection Process: Each region or association may solicit nominations and recommend its recipient to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors will make the fi nal selection of recipients during its Spring meeting. RECIPIENTS : For a list of Gold Lifetime Pass Recipients log on to: https://asaa.org/about/gold-lifetime- passes/ 10. Alaska High School Hall of Fame In recognition of ASAA’s 50th anniversary in 2006, the Board of Directors established the Alaska High School Hall of Fame to identify and honor those athletes, activity participants, coaches, directors, of fi cials, adjudicators, school administrators and contributors who have made outstanding contributions to interscholastic sports and activities in Alaska. For a list of inductees, to nominate a deserving individual or for more information, log on to http://www.alaskahalloffame.org 11. ASAA Public Comment Policy The meeting is open to the public. Those requesting to make public comments should email board@asaa.org by noon the Thursday preceding the Board meeting. Public comments will begin at 9:15 a.m. and only be allowed the fi rst day of the meeting. More information on how to make public comment can be found on the ASAA Board Meeting website. In the event there are no request to make public comment or if a scheduled speaker does not call in, ASAA will not remain on the line beyond 9:30 a.m. The time of public comments will not exceed one hour, unless extended by a vote of the ASAA Board of Directors. ADDRESSING THE BOARD: The ASAA Board meeting is a meeting in the public and not a public hearing; therefore, participation in the audience is designated for speci fi c places on the agenda. Public comments are limited to no more than three minutes per speaker and may be reduced to two minutes based on the number of persons wishing to give comment. Those wishing to speak should begin by stating and spelling their name. Speakers should refrain from singling out speci fi c Board members or 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 73 using inappropriate language. In order to have their comments included in the Board minutes, the speaker will need to submit a written copy to board@asaa.org within one business day. 12. Good Cause Determinations Policy The purpose of this policy is to promote consistent statewide application of the “good cause” standard set forth in ASAA Bylaw Article 12 Section 2.B.2.a. The authority to determine whether good cause exists rests solely with the boundary school, the requested school, and, where applicable, the local district governing body. ASAA does not make initial determinations of good cause. Nothing in this policy shall be construed to transfer decision-making authority from member schools to ASAA. Good cause means a legitimate, documented, and non-athletic reason supporting a student’s participation in interscholastic activities at a school other than the student’s boundary school. Good cause should not include reasons based on athletic advantage, team preference, or competitive opportunity. The following examples identify circumstances under which ASAA would generally concur that a school’s determination of good cause is consistent with the intent of Article 12 Section 2.b.2, provided appropriate documentation exists and both schools approve participation. These examples are illustrative and not exhaustive: • Documented family or personal hardship, including custody arrangements, transportation limitations, or similar circumstances that render participation at the boundary school impractical. • Veri fi ed safety or student well-being concerns, including bullying, harassment, or related issues,where participation at another school supports the student’s welfare. • Scheduling or logistical con fl icts arising from the structure or schedule of an alternative or online education program that prevent participation at the boundary school but permit participation at the requested school. • Program availability where the requested school offers an interscholastic activity not available at the boundary school. All determinations of good cause shall be made on an individual basis by the involved schools. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 74 13. Play for Keeps - Tobacco, Alcohol and Controlled Substances (TAD) Policy In order to ensure adoption of consistent tobacco, alcohol and controlled substances policies by member schools and districts, ASAA requires that member schools and districts adopt the following policy for their enrolled and alternative education program students who are participating in interscholastic activities. This is intended to set forth minimum restrictions and penalties, subject to greater or additional restrictions or penalties which may be adopted by member schools or school districts. 1. Prohibited Conduct: The possession, distribution or use of any tobacco products, including “E” or electronic cigarettes, alcohol and controlled substances (as de fi ned in number 11 of this policy) by a student-athlete or activity participant, whether it occurs on or off school property, is prohibited and shall result in the penalties set forth herein. 2. Time Period During Which Policy Applies: The policy in this section applies to any student who is participating or has participated in interscholastic activities starting from the student’s fi rst participation in interscholastic activities, at any ASAA member school, and continuing until the student graduates from high school. This policy applies during “calendar days” as de fi ned in this section. The policy fi rst went into effect on July 28, 2008. 3. Annual Requirements: The Pre-Participation Orientation is required of each student participant and parent/guardian annually, at the beginning of the student’s fi rst season of the school year, before the student is eligible to participate. This session is a short informative presentation designed to encourage students to maintain a chemical-free lifestyle, and to ensure that students and parents/guardians understand the policy and the consequences for violation. Upon completion of the Orientation, the student and parent/guardian must sign the Student/Parent/Legal Guardian TAD Acknowledgement Form for the student to gain eligibility. Schools will af fi rm that this has happened by marking the designated fi eld on the School Activities Reporting System (SARS). In the event a student and parent do not view the Pre- Participation Orientation and/or sign the Student/Parent/Legal Guardian TAD Acknowledgement Form, the student is still subject to the policy. Student and Parent/Guardian Acknowledgement: ASAA will provide access to the Student/Parent/ Legal Guardian TAD video and acknowledgement form to member schools and districts. The orientation video will explain the policies of this section and penalties for violations. Students and the student’s parent or legal guardian, are required to view the orientation video annually, prior to signing the acknowledgement form. The form must be signed by the student and the student’s parent or legal guardian, and requires that the student and parent or legal guardian acknowledge that they have read and understand the terms of the policy, including the potential penalties for violations, and that it requires the school to report such violations to ASAA. The form will require that the student and parent or legal guardian agree to be bound by these terms. A copy of the signed form must be returned to the school before the student is permitted to participate. Member schools shall keep a copy of the signed forms on fi le. 4. Educational Component: The educational component is a critical part of the policy and is comprised of multiple parts; Pre-Participation Orientation, First Offense, Second Offense, and Subsequent Offenses. ASAA will provide the fi rst three parts of this component to member schools. 5. Cumulative and Progressive Penalties: Violations of this policy will be cumulative and progressive, as described in the following paragraph, throughout a student’s high school years. If a student transfers from one ASAA member school to another ASAA member school, the student’s cumulative violations will accompany such transfer and shall be the basis for any additional penalties should further violations occur. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 75 6. Minimum Penalties for Violation of this Policy: Minimum penalties for violations of this policy are: First Offense – Students who have committed a First Offense under the rule; • will be suspended from interscholastic competition and practice for fi ve (5) calendar days (as de fi ned in number 11). • must complete the First Offense Educational Component. Note: The student may return to practice when the student and parent/guardian complete the First Offense educational component. Prior to returning to competition the student must sit out all fi ve (5) days and complete the Educational Component. For tobacco use, if a student under the First Offense Penalty violates the Tobacco Rule within the ten (10) calendar day period of suspension, the student’s period of suspension will start over again; the First Offense educational component will become mandatory, and no forgiveness will be granted. This process will continue until the student has demonstrated ten (10) calendar days without a subsequent tobacco violation. A student who has not completed a suspension or re-suspension under the fi rst Offense Penalty for violation of the Tobacco Rule does not become subject to imposition of penalties under a Second, Third or Fourth Offense for violation of the Tobacco Rule, until the student has completed all suspensions and re-suspensions under the First Offense Penalty for tobacco use. A student serving a First Offense Penalty under the Tobacco Rule is, however, subject to immediate imposition of a Second Offense Penalty to the extent this is based upon violation of the non-tobacco prohibitions under this Policy. While under the period of suspension, the student may return to practice after completion of the educational component. A student may need additional days of practice before returning to competition (See Article 7 Section 7). Second Offense - Students who have committed a Second Offense under the rule • will be suspended from interscholastic competition and practice for forty- fi ve (45) calendar days and there will be no forgiveness of calendar days of the interscholastic competition suspension. • Both the student and parent/guardian must complete the Second Offense educational component prior to the student’s return to competition. • In addition, the student must complete 20 hours of community service and write an essay on what they learned about this experience. While under the period of suspension, the student may return to practice after completion of the educational component. A student may need additional days of practice before returning to competition (See Article 7 Section 7). Third Offense - Students who violate this policy for a third time have a signi fi cant problem. Students who have committed a Third Offense under the rule and wish to regain their eligibility will complete the following: • suspension from interscholastic competition and practice for six (6) months and there will be no forgiveness of calendar days of the interscholastic activities suspension. • seek assessment and counseling/treatment from a local health care professional, • successfully complete the recommendations of the care provider and submit a letter from the agency, • demonstrate a commitment to remain substance free, • make a presentation to the District School Board requesting reinstatement of interscholastic eligibility 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 76 While under the period of suspension, the student may return to practice after completion of the educational component. A student may need additional days of practice before returning to competition (See Article 7 Section 7). Fourth and Subsequent Offenses - Students who violate this policy for fourth or more time have a signi fi cant problem. Students who have committed a Fourth and Subsequent Offenses under the rule and wish to regain their eligibility will complete the following: • suspension from interscholastic competition and practice for one year and there will be no forgiveness of calendar days of the interscholastic activities suspension. • seek assessment and counseling/treatment from a local health care professional, • successfully complete the recommendations of the care provider and submit a letter from the agency, • demonstrate a commitment to remain substance free, • make a presentation to the District School Board requesting reinstatement of interscholastic eligibility, • make a presentation to the ASAA Board of Directors requesting reinstatement of interscholastic eligibility While under the period of suspension, the student may return to practice after completion of the educational component. A student may need additional days of practice before returning to competition (See Article 7 Section 7). These are minimum penalties which may be increased by the member school or member school district, based upon (1) the nature of the violation, (2) the extent to which it occurs on school property or during school activities, and (3) the extent to which it arises in the context of the student’s participation in interscholastic activities. Penalties shall be imposed beginning on the fi rst calendar day following a determination that a violation has occurred, except to the extent a school’s appeals policy permits a student to continue to participate pending fi nal determination of any appeal fi led by the student under such policy. In such case, penalties shall be imposed on the fi rst calendar day following a determination on appeal that a violation has occurred. A student shall be considered ineligible during each calendar day in which a penalty is imposed. 7. Determination of Violations: In implementing this policy, it will be the member school’s responsibility to determine the nature and extent of a violation, to impose and enforce any penalty, to report each violation to ASAA on the School Activities Reporting System (SARS), and to maintain records of all violations by each student occurring after the student’s fi rst participation in interscholastic activities. A member school’s determination that a violation has occurred, and its imposition of penalty may not be appealed to ASAA. If a member school or member school district reverses a determination of violation, it shall promptly notify ASAA of such reversal. Alleged failure of a member school or district to enforce this policy may not be the basis for either a report of rules violation to the Executive Director or of a member school’s protest against another school, under the ASAA Bylaws. Violations and penalties are to be based upon noncompliance with the policy by the student participant, by the student’s parents/legal guardians, or both, provided however, that where a violation is based solely upon action or inaction of the parent or legal guardian and not of the student participant, under circumstances completely beyond the control of the student and where it would be manifestly unfair to disqualify the student on this ground, the member school may, at its discretion, withhold imposition of a penalty against the student. 8. Violations Reported to ASAA and Con fi dentiality Requirement: After determining that an enrolled student, or an alternative education program student who has been granted eligibility at a member school, has committed a violation, the member school shall report the violation to ASAA via the School Activities Reporting System (SARS). Member schools and districts must report to ASAA a violation of this policy 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 77 within three (3) calendar days of determination that such violation has occurred. Violations should be reported as follows; 1. For violations occurring from an incident from a prior school year, the violation should be recorded at the date of the violation. 2. For violations occurring during the current school year the violation should be recorded on the date the schools’s investigation is concluded. It is ASAA’s intention to maintain the con fi dentiality of all such reports. As such, information concerning a student’s previous violations will be disclosed by ASAA only to an administrator of the member school which the student is attending. A school administrator to whom such information has been disclosed may exercise discretion to provide such con fi dential information as is appropriate to the student’s coach or other activity administrator, but only to the extent that such information is provided in a good faith effort to prevent violations and to assist the student in maintaining a lifestyle free of tobacco, alcohol and controlled substance use, and to maintain eligibility to participate in interscholastic activities. An administrator who provides any con fi dential information to a student’s coach or other activity supervisor shall assure that such person will use the information only in communications with the student and shall otherwise maintain strict con fi dentiality of the information. ASAA’s records of violation shall be made available to the student and/or the student’s parent or legal guardian upon written request. 9. Student and Parent/Guardian Acknowledgement: ASAA will provide access to the Student/Parent/ Legal Guardian TAD video and acknowledgement form to member schools and districts. The orientation video will explain the policies of this section and penalties for violations. Students and the student’s parent or legal guardian, are required to view the orientation video annually, prior to signing the acknowledgement form. The form must be signed by the student and the student’s parent or legal guardian and requires that the student and parent or legal guardian acknowledge that they have read and understand the terms of the policy, including the potential penalties for violations, and that it requires the school to report such violations to ASAA. The form will require that the student and parent or legal guardian agree to be bound by these terms. A copy of the signed form must be returned to the school before the student is permitted to participate. Member schools shall keep a copy of the signed forms on fi le. 10. Students Emancipated by Age or Marriage: The requirements in this policy that a parent or legal guardian sign the Student/Parent/Legal Guardian TAD Acknowledgment Form and that require that a student’s parent or guardian participate in the Pre-participation Orientation or in mandatory education arising from an offense do not apply to a student who has obtained the age of 18 (eighteen) years, or who becomes married if the student has reached the age of 16 (sixteen). 11. De fi nitions: As used in this section, terms are amended as follows: Electronic “E” Cigarettes – any electronic oral device, such as one composed of a heating element, battery, and/or electronic circuit, which provides a vapor of nicotine or any other substance, and the use or inhalation of which simulates smoking. The term shall include any such device whether manufactured, distributed, marketed, or sold as an e-cigarette, e-cigar, e-pipe, or under any other product name or descriptor. Calendar Days – Each day, including weekends and holidays, during the member school’s school year. Additionally, if a student participates in any interscholastic activity, including practice, outside of the school year, then the entire period of such participation, including intervening weekends and holidays, counts as calendar days for such student. Controlled Substance – Any substance appearing on the list of Controlled Substances identi fi ed by the federal Of fi ce of the Drug Enforcement Administration or as set forth in 21 U.S.C. Section 812, unless the 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 78 student’s usage of such substance is consistent with a physician’s prescription for the student’s usage. The DEA list of Controlled Substances appears website at https://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/schedules/orangebook/c_cs_alpha.pdf . For purposes of ASAA’s policy, the current list maintained by the DEA is controlling. In addition, any substance listed as illegal or restricted by Alaska statute or regulation, or classi fi ed as a “designer drug” by the federal Of fi ce of the Drug Enforcement Administration or by Alaska statute or regulation, shall be considered a controlled substance for the purposes of this policy. Suspension – As de fi ned in Article 5 Section 1.A.6 of ASAA bylaws. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 79 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 80 ATHLETIC RELATED POLICIES 1. Multi-Region Conferences A. Establishment: The Board of Directors has established athletic conferences: 1. to provide competitive opportunities for its member schools when they are limited, 2. to provide for the equitable administration of these activities throughout the state, 3. and to provide a post season quali fi cation process for those teams which must compete against teams outside of their assigned regions. The Board has established multi-region conferences in Baseball, Basketball, Football, Hockey, Soccer, Softball, Swim & Dive, Volleyball and Wrestling. The board may establish additional conferences or eliminate conferences as it determines. B. Decision Making: The Board of Directors grants decision making authority to each multi-region conference to manage its own affairs. A decision of such a conference is subject to board oversight to ensure the decision serves the best interests of member schools and ASAA. 1. Multi-region conferences should adopt written bylaws and policies. Copies of these bylaws and policies must be on fi le at the ASAA of fi ce, or be currently available on the web. 2. Multi-region conferences must make every effort to make decisions which fairly represent the interests of each conference member. A school in a multi-region conference which determines that a conference decision is not in the school’s best interest, may bring the complaint to the Board for resolution. 3. Fees imposed by multi-region conferences, or by regions within a conference, must be fair and equitable to all conference members. C. Conference Placement: The Board of Directors places schools in multi-region conferences for the sports listed in the Establishment section above. Schools requesting conference placement, or change in conference placement, must submit their requests in writing to the Executive Director in a timely manner. Although input from other conference members will be considered, fi nal conference placement will be determined by the Board. ASAA will print a list of conferences and members each year in the Directory section of the Handbook. Any errors or omissions should be immediately reported to ASAA. D. Conference Administration: The Board of Directors has determined that a Conference Commissioner, or contact person, must be selected by each multi-region conference. This person must be willing to assume the administrative duties of the conference and to communicate conference business to ASAA. It is crucial that ASAA staff have complete contact information for the Commissioner to ensure that state tournament qualifying information is received in the of fi ce in a timely manner, and to have a resource when seeking other information on the conference. 2. Jamborees A. All players must have fi ve (5) separate days of practice prior to the fi rst day of a Jamboree. Baseball, basketball, fl ag football, football, hockey, soccer and volleyball may host a jamboree. See Activity Speci fi c pages within this handbook for more information. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 81 3. Endowment Game Policy ASAA encourages each school’s team sports to play Endowment Games during the season above and beyond the 22 game/match limit. Additional Endowment Games may be played each season. (Article 7 Section 9) School teams may play Endowment Games at any time during the regular season, beginning with the date of the fi rst contest and extending to the start of the conference tournament. Endowment Games do count in a team’s overall season record for at large and seeding purposes. Schools wishing to host Endowment Games must apply in writing to ASAA by submitting the “Endowment Game Application Form” no later than one week prior to the game. Under no circumstances may an Endowment Game be played until this form has been signed by ASAA and returned to the participating schools. ASAA will invoice the responsible school $100 for each game. Penalty for Playing an Endowment Game Prior to Authorization: The host school will be fi ned $100 per game for playing an Endowment Game prior to authorization by the Executive Director. 4. Alumni / Staff Games Schools may play one alumni or staff game per sport that does not count against the team’s game limit. Additional games either must be endowments or counted against the school’s game limit. 5. Scrimmages A scrimmage is a practice and should be treated as such. Scrimmages with other teams or schools do not count as games. Coaches should stop the play at will to give instructions. Scrimmages may not involve: A. of fi cial game clock or score book B. admission charge C. advertisements or announcements about the event. For the activity of basketball, teams may run a “scrimmage” of two (2) ten (10) minute halves, with or without a running clock. These two (2) ten (10) minute halves would count as 2 of the 6 allowed quarter players may play at different levels (see I. Individual Participation Limitation under the Basketball policies). Scrimmages, operated in this manner, may involve: A. of fi cial game clock and/or a score book B. admission charge C. advertisements or announcements about the event Additionally, scrimmages operated in this manner would count as a game towards a school’s maximum game limit (see F. Maximum Games in the Basketball Policies).” 6. Mercy Rules Policy The ASAA Board has adopted a policy, which mandates that a Mercy Rule be used once an established point spread is reached at a predetermined point in a Baseball, Basketball, Flag Football, Football, Hockey, or Softball game. Mercy Rules for each sport can be found in the Activity Speci fi c Policy and Procedures. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 82 7. Qualifying for State Tournaments A. Conferences / Regions are responsible for setting policies and guidelines to qualify for the state tournament, except in Swim & Dive, Track & Field and Wrestling. Qualifying policies may include a season ending tournament, the regular season record or qualifying times. B. Qualifying for the state meet in Cross Country Running, Swim & Dive, Track & Field and Wrestling will be from the Conference / Regional qualifying events. C. Ranking Percentage Index (RPI): When the RPI is used to select At-large quali fi ers or seed a state tournament the weights shall be as follows. The team’s winning percentage (40%), their opponent’s winning percentage (30%) and their opponent’s opponent’s winning percentage (30%). 8. Out-of-Season Participation Policy The coach or other personnel representing the school is prohibited from requiring any athlete to participate in an out-of-season sport, training program, or travel team as a condition of selection for the in- season team. NOTE: Article 12 Section 5.B states, “a student who participates as a member of an out-of-season team coached by another school’s coach, and who subsequently transfers to that coach’s school, will be ineligible in that sport for one full season at the receiving school.” Coaches may practice up to six hours a week, with out-of-season games or scrimmages counting as one hour. However, from the fi rst Monday in November to the start of the basketball season a coach may not “coach” out-of-season games or scrimmages. NOTE: this applies to all activities, not just basketball With exception of the prohibition from requiring any athlete to participate in an out-of-season sport, training program, or travel team as a condition of selection for the in-season team, the “out of season” participation policy is suspended from May 20 through July 31st. This means a coach of a team sport can coach his/her players anytime, anywhere, during this period. Policy De fi nitions: “Athlete” – An athlete is any student enrolled in a speci fi c coach’s school, or any student who will be enrolled in that school during the next school year. “Coach” – A Coach is an adult approved by the school (either paid or volunteer) conducting the usual duties of a coach under the guidelines established by ASAA and the school/district. This de fi nition applies to coaches from the prior year, even if not currently under contract by the school. “Out-of-Season” – Out-of-Season is any time other than during the established high school season in a particular sport. “Out-of-Season Game” – A contest, practice or event involving athletes attending more than one school. “Practice” – Practice is a regularly scheduled team physical activity designed for the preparation of athletes for the ensuing sports season and conducted under the supervision of the school coach during the season established by the Board of Directors. A “practice” is further de fi ned as any attempt by the coach of a school team (paid or volunteer) to teach any phase of a game or activity to his or her squad, or have the squad or part of the squad engage in drills under the supervision of that coach, or from directions provided by that coach. Under this de fi nition, “school team” also applies to students and coaches of “individual sports.” 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 83 “Conditioning” – Conditioning is de fi ned as a session where students work on physical fi tness and conditioning by use of weights, running, and /or exercise. Conditioning does not allow for the use of individualized and specialized sports equipment or apparatus, including but not limited to: balls, bats, protective equipment, blocking dummies, batting cages, charging sleds, and other implements related to speci fi c ASAA activities. The coach or other personnel representing the school is prohibited from requiring any athlete to participate as a condition of selection for the in-season team. Conditioning does not count towards six hours of out-of-season contact rule. School Teams – A school team is de fi ned as a team composed solely of players from one member school. (Note: this means the athletes competing in the game, scrimmage or contest, exclusive of the other teammates not actively participating in the event.) 9. Open Facility Policy Schools may conduct “open facility” in any athletic activity. Open Facility activities may be run outside the regular season. The philosophy of the open facility is that students may voluntarily attend for wholesome recreation or for purposes of improving their skills. Open facilities should be conducted according to the following guidelines: A. Use of school equipment, supplies and name shall be determined by the school administration. B. The open facility is open to any student that is interested in attending. C. There shall be no organized competition such as established teams & round-robin competitions. D. Coaches and others may attend open facilities for the sole purpose of supervision. E. Open facility does not count towards the six hours of out-of-season contact rule. F. The coach or other personnel representing the school is prohibited from requiring any athlete to participate as a condition of selection for the in-season team. 10. Management of Concussions in Student Athletes All coaches/advisors/volunteers must complete the NFHS Concussion in Sports course in accordance with the Alaska Coaches Education Program (Article 10) Schools shall annually provide to a student/parent/guardian written information on the nature and risks of concussions. A form verifying receipt of information must be signed by the student and parent/guardian. The signed form must be returned to the school before the student is permitted to participate in an athletic activity. Schools shall keep a copy of the signed from on fi le. 11. Sudden Cardiac Arrest Information All coaches/advisors/volunteers must complete the NFHS Sudden Cardiac Arrest course in accordance with the Alaska Coaches Education Program (Article 10). It is well documented that SCA is the leading cause of death of adults in the United States. It is also, the #1 killer of student athletes. A study showed that seventy-two percent of students who died from SCA did have a warning sign. However, the warning sign can be confused with other conditions, or just disregarded as insigni fi cant. To ensure students and parents have been given information regarding the signs of Sudden Cardiac Arrest, schools shall annually provide to a student/parent/guardian written information on the nature and risks of SCA. A form verifying receipt of information must be signed by the student and parent/guardian. The signed form must be 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 84 returned to the school before the student is  permitted to participate in an athletic activity. Schools shall keep a copy of the signed from on fi le. 12. Emergency Action Plans (EAP) Schools should have an Emergency Action Plan in place for all venues where practices or games occur. It should be practiced and reviewed annually. It should also be posted or shared with all personnel. 13. Cold Weather For ASAA activities, without a cold weather rule, if the temperature (including wind chill factor as determined by the NOAA index chart) at the fi eld or rink is -20 degrees Fahrenheit or below, the competition shall be cancelled or delayed. In the event a school district or activity has a more stringent policy, that policy will prevail. If the forecasted temperature indicates the game will be cancelled or delayed, the visiting school will not be penalized for not traveling to the game site. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 85 14. Air Quality To provide better consistency and to avoid situations where schools are seeing varied reporting data from multiple sources, the AirVisual by IQAir app will be used to make the determination. By mutual agreement, the schools may use another source. This app provides real-time and forecast air quality data globally, including Alaska. It includes PM2.5, PM10, ozone, and other pollutants, to determine the Air Quality Index (AQI). Within 48 hours of the event, if the forecasted AQI is over 150 (see below chart) indicating the game will likely be cancelled, the visiting school will not be penalized for not traveling to the game site. Schools may mutually agree to move to an area with a lower AQI or to reschedule the contest, but are not required to do so. Air Quality Index (AQI) 5-3-1 Visibility Index Required Actions for Outdoor Activities 51 -100 5-15 Miles Athletes who are unusually sensitive to air pollution should consider indoor activities only. Athletes with asthma should have rescue inhalers readily available and pretreat before exercise if directed by their healthcare provider. All athletes with respiratory illness, asthma, lung or heart disease should monitor symptoms and reduce/cease activity if symptoms arise. Increase rest periods as needed. 101 -150 3-5 Miles Athletes who are unusually sensitive to air pollution should consider indoor activities only. Athletes with asthma should have rescue inhalers readily available and pretreat before exercise if directed by their healthcare provider. All athletes with respiratory illness, asthma, lung or heart disease should monitor symptoms and reduce/cease activity if symptoms arise. Athletes with asthma or other lung diseases, heart conditions or diabetes may need additional rest breaks during practices / contests. Consider rescheduling to a different time and / or an area with a lower AQI. Schools should consider the impact of elevated AQI lasting for multiple days and the impact of prolonged exposure for athletes and staff on multiple practice session days when making decisions. Consider moving practices indoors, if available. Be aware that, depending on a venue’s ventilation system, indoor air quality levels can approach outdoor levels. 151 -200 1-3 Miles All outdoor activities (practice and competition) shall be canceled or moved to an area with a lower AQI. Move practices indoors, if available. Be aware that, depending on a venue’s ventilation system, indoor air quality levels can approach outdoor levels. >200 1 Mile All outdoor activities (practice and competition) shall be canceled or moved to an area with a lower AQI. Move practices indoors, if available. Be aware that, depending on a venue’s ventilation system, indoor air quality levels can approach outdoor levels. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 86 15. Sports Medicine Advisory Committee The ASAA Board of Directors established the Sports Medicine Advisory Committee (SMAC). The committee will operate under the following policy and procedures: Mission - The mission of the Sports Medicine Advisory Committee is to ensure that all athletes from ASAA member schools are provided with sound and consistent medical expertise to enhance the safety of their athletic experience. Purpose - The purpose of the Sports Medicine Advisory Committee is to review proposals and make recommendations to ASAA’s board of directors on all issues related to the health, wellness and injury reduction of member schools’ student-athletes. Objectives - The objectives of the Sports Medicine Advisory Committee are to; 1. gather current data on health and safety related issues, 2. educate, interpret, monitor and disseminate materials to students, coaches and administrators concerning medical issues related to sport, 3. assist ASAA in researching sports medical issues and/or concerns, 4. assist in the development of guidelines related to sports medicine, in an effort to assist ASAA member schools with making informed decisions, 5. proactively address new health and safety concerns, and 6. develop a network of medical professionals dedicated to providing member schools with appropriate sports medical education and care. Composition - The committee is composed of medical professionals, a coach, an of fi cial, a ASAA board member and a school administrator. A staff member serves as liaison to the committee. The committee through the chair has the authority to contact other quali fi ed medical providers throughout the state as consultants from time-to-time as appropriate. The chairman of the committee will be the ASAA board member. Members 1. Administrator 2. ASAA Board Member (Chairman) 3. Certi fi ed Athletic Trainer 4. Coach 5. Medical Professional representing Interior 6. Medical Professional representing Southcentral 7. Medical Professional representing Southeast 8. Medical Professional representing Western 9. Of fi cial Terms – 6 years 1. Terms end following January meeting of given year 2. If a member is on the national SMAC they will remain on the committee until they have ended their term on the national committee. 3. ASAA board may extend a term Operational Expectations - Communication to and from the board and committee will be conducted through the executive director who serves as committee liaison. Communications between committee members can be accomplished in the manner most convenient to the members. ASAA is willing to develop email accounts for committee members if requested. The committee chair is invited to address the board on any relevant matters during regular board meetings. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 87 Budgetary Commitment - ASAA will fund two face-to-face committee meetings each year, and conference calls as may be needed to conduct the committee’s business. ASAA will also provide other incidental services as the committee may request. Committee Power Structure - The committee is not empowered to take independent action or to make pronouncements. These may only come from the board after considering the committee’s recommendations. Committee members will be asked to sign a legal acknowledgement which includes a statement that members can list their services to ASAA in their professional resumes, but are not to use their committee position in advertising or promotional materials. This will be included in a con fl ict of interest document that committee members must sign. Indemni fi cation for Committee Members - Committee members will be indemni fi ed under ASAA’s Errors and Omission insurance policy while serving in their of fi cial capacities on the committee. 16. Sportsmanship Creed ASAA and its corporate sponsors appreciate your attendance at this game. This contest is being played under the authority of the Alaska School Activities Association. ASAA rules provide for fair play and good sportsmanship among everyone involved. All participants and coaches are expected to exhibit the highest level of respect for their opponents and the of fi cials. We also expect fans will eagerly support their favorite team by applauding fair play while refraining from negative words and behaviors. “Be Loud...Be Proud...but Be Positive.” 17. Taunting Policy Any school wishing to incorporate a celebratory or motivational routine into an interscholastic activity (i.e. Haka Dance) must adhere to the following guidelines: • may only be performed as part of a pre-game or post-game activity, • may only be performed on the sidelines facing its own fans, • may not include taunting, disrobing or other inappropriate behaviors, and • must conform to sportsmanship values established by school districts, ASAA and the NFHS. Penalties for failing to adhere to the above guidelines will be imposed by the contest of fi cials using NFHS rules. The Head Of fi cial for the game will notify ASAA of any infraction of the rule. ASAA and school districts may impose additional sanctions for violations. 18. Ejection/Suspension Policy for Individual Sports. This policy speci fi es the length of suspension subsequent to a contest ejection in individual sports (Cross Country Running, Nordic Ski, Swim & Dive, Track & Field, Wrestling). For the fi rst offense: Student - when ejected sits out for the rest of that day of competition and is suspended for the next day of competition. Coach - when ejected must leave the vicinity and may not have any further contact with their athletes for the remainder of competition that day and is suspended for the next full day of competition. (See Article 6 Section 6, for suspension penalties for Team Sports) 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 88 COACHES CODE OF ETHICS The function of a coach is to educate students through participation in interscholastic competition. Educational Based Activity Programs should be designed to enhance academic achievement and should never interfere with opportunities for academic success. Each student should be treated with the utmost respect and his or her welfare should be considered at all times. In Educational Based Activities the coach shall; • be aware that he/she has a tremendous in fl uence, on the education of the student and, shall never place the value of winning above the value of instilling the highest ideals of character. • uphold the honor and dignity of the profession. In all personal contact with students, of fi cials, administrators, ASAA, the media and the public the coach shall strive to set an example of the highest ethical and moral conduct. • promote the entire interscholastic program of the school and direct his or her program in harmony with the total school program. When considering the welfare of their students the coach shall; • take an active role in the prevention of drug, alcohol and tobacco abuse. • avoid the use of alcohol and tobacco products when in contact with players. • be aware of concussion management and return to play protocol. • develop and practice an Emergency Action Plan with their team. • work to keep programs free of hazing. In Promoting Sportsmanship the coach shall; • master the contest rules and shall teach them to his/her team members. The coach shall not seek an advantage by circumvention of the spirit or letter of the rules. • exert his/her in fl uence to enhance sportsmanship by spectators, both directly and by working closely with cheerleaders, sponsors, booster clubs, and administrators. • respect and support contest of fi cials. The coach shall not indulge in conduct which would incite players or spectators against of fi cials. Public criticism of of fi cials or players is unethical. • meet with opponents, shake hands, and exchange cordial greetings to set the proper tone for an event. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 89 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 90 STATE CHAMPIONSHIP POLICIES 1. Championship Site/Date A. The Board of Directors determines all state championship sites and dates. Most of the state championships are held in Southcentral Alaska for logistical and fi nancial reasons. Occasionally, the Board entertains bids to host certain state tournaments in other parts of the state, as it realizes the educational value which students may gain from experiencing visits to other parts of the state. B. Regardless of the community size, championship sites must meet certain minimum criteria. Factors which are considered in awarding a tournament site include: 1. Transportation to and from the site that is dependable. 2. An excellent tournament facility that meets or exceeds tournament speci fi cations including NFHS standards. 3. Adequate space for seating and parking for spectators. 4. A supportive group of volunteers willing to fi ll key roles in the management of the tournament. 5. Adequate communication infrastructure including internet access onsite. 6. Adequate facilities to house and feed expected participants, of fi cials, ASAA staff, and fans. 7. An interested local fan base for that particular event. 8. Plans to encourage and promote the appreciation of other cultures. 9. Availability of medical services onsite and nearby throughout the tournament. 10. Willingness to work with ASAA Associate Directors to meet budget guidelines. 11. Hardline connectivity for streaming events with the NFHS Network. C. The Board of Directors has determined that, when feasible, state championship sites should be awarded on a 2-4 years basis, however longer contracts may be awarded due to facility requirements. The Board may also entertain a one year bid to host certain events. Sites interested in hosting a state tournament are encouraged to contact ASAA to discuss the feasibility prior to submitting a bid. 2. Soliciting & Awarding Bids ASAA will solicit bids for state championships by seeking proposals during the year that precedes the fi nal year of a state championship site bid. Potential bidders will be given the criteria and deadline for submittal of bids on the asaa.org website. When multiple bids are received, the Board may choose to set up a rotation among the bid sites. Following the viewing of a bid(s) to host a state championship, the Board will direct the ASAA Executive Director to prepare a contract with the tentatively chosen host site. This contract will need to be fi nalized, signed and processed within 90 days. Unless there is a signi fi cant change in the bid, the Executive 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 91 Director may then sign the contract of the chosen bidder. Failure to meet speci fi cations within the signed document may result in a review and/or cancellation of the contract.” 3. State Championship Berths A. Allocations for team and individual sports: The Board of Directors shall allocate state championship berths on a fair and equitable basis using current information on participation numbers (number of teams/ individuals), past state championship results and anticipated future trends. In order to meet this goal, the Board has adopted the following procedure: 1. EVEN YEARS: Each school year that begins in an even year, the Board will review state championship berth allocations for these individual sports: Cross Country Running, Swim & Dive, Wrestling, Nordic Ski, Tennis and Track & Field. 2. ODD YEARS: Each school year which begins in an odd year, the Board will review state championship berth allocations for these team sports: Baseball, Basketball, Football, Hockey, Soccer, Softball, Volleyball. Based on the above analysis during the February or April meeting, the Board may adjust berth allocations when it has been determined necessary. B. Open State Championship Team Berths: The following policy clari fi es a member school’s obligation to fi ll state championship berths when quali fi ed. It also speci fi es how ASAA will fi ll open berths to preserve the integrity of a championship. 1. Schools whose teams qualify for state championship berths should ful fi ll their obligation that their students will participate in those events. 2. If ASAA is noti fi ed that a team will not fi ll its berth at the state championship, the Association will make every attempt to fi ll the berth with another team from that conference. 3. If the conference is unable to provide another team to fi ll the vacant berth, then ASAA will attempt to fi ll the berth with another team from another conference. In this case, ASAA will have the fi nal decision as to which team will be selected to fi ll the berth. C. Open Individual Berths: The Regional/Conference shall submit to the ASAA of fi ce by the published deadline the meet results so ASAA can determine state quali fi ers. Once the list of quali fi ers is posted, the only changes will be scratches which must be submitted by the posted deadline. Deadlines for scratches can be found in the individual sports Policies and Procedures. ASAA will invite alternates to replace scratches from the list of quali fi ers as authorized by the ASAA Board of Directors. 4. State Championship Code of Conduct ASAA believes that co-curricular activities are an integral part of the educational program of a school. Each student enrolled in a member school should have an equal opportunity to participate in a broad number of activities based on his/her own talents and interests. It is the intent of ASAA to encourage participation in co-curricular activities. Student participants are student ambassadors of their schools and communities. As such, ASAA expects them to portray good citizenship, practice fair and ethical behavior, and be good role models. To ensure the health, safety and rights of all participants in ASAA sponsored events, a Code of Conduct has been adopted by the Board of Directors for all ASAA State Championships. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 92 Violation: Violation of the Code of Conduct will result in the removal of the student’s right to participate in the event, as well as to attend the event. Any awards or team points received by that individual during the event shall be forfeited. Schools shall report all violations of the Code of Conduct to ASAA in a timely manner. Schools which report violations which were discovered “after the fact” will be shown leniency, including forgiveness of the Forfeiture Rule. Schools should hold their students to the same behavior standards during the state tournament series as they do at school. Period of Applicability: The state tournament Code of Conduct for all state championship events (except football), is in affect from the beginning of the coaches meeting or from the beginning of the activity to the conclusion of the awards ceremony. Football - Because football playoffs extend over multiple weeks students participating in the state football playoffs are subject to the “Code of Conduct” 1. during each day in which their school’s team competes in the playoffs, through the conclusion of the game if the team is eliminated, or 2. during each full day in which their school’s team competes and advances in the playoffs, and 3. during each day in which their school’s team competes in the championship game, through the completion of the game and awards ceremony. Coaches must submit the signed Code of Conduct form online prior to participation in the state championship event. 5. Award Ceremony Policy A. Purpose The Alaska School Activities Association (ASAA) is committed to upholding the integrity, professionalism, and sportsmanship of all championship events. The purpose of this policy is to establish clear standards for student-athlete attire and conduct during of fi cial awards and podium photo ceremonies at ASAA- sanctioned state tournaments. These standards are intended to ensure that all participants represent their schools and communities with respect, dignity, and pride. B. Scope This policy applies to all student-athletes participating in ASAA state championship events who appear on the awards podium, during of fi cial awards ceremonies, or in associated ASAA photographs. C. Acceptable Attire Student-athletes shall appear in attire that re fl ects the standards of their school and the Association. Acceptable attire includes: • The of fi cial competition uniform as worn during the event. • School warm-up suits, jackets, or team-issued apparel representing the athlete’s school. • Clothing permitted under the school district’s regular dress code for the school day. • All attire must be clean, neat, and worn in the manner intended by the manufacturer. 4. Prohibited Attire The following are expressly prohibited during podium or awards presentations: • Clothing, symbols, or accessories that promote or reference alcohol, drugs, tobacco, vaping products, or other controlled substances. • Clothing containing vulgar, obscene, discriminatory, or otherwise unsportsmanlike language or imagery. • Clothing or accessories that fail to meet school-appropriate standards. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 93 • Altered uniforms or garments modi fi ed in a way that violates competition or dress standards. 5. Podium Conduct and DecorumAthletes are representatives of their schools, communities, and the Association. During of fi cial ceremonies: • Athletes shall conduct themselves with decorum, sportsmanship, and respect. • Attire must present a professional and uni fi ed appearance consistent with team identity. • Unsportsmanlike behavior—including inappropriate gestures, signs, language, or actions—is strictly prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to, obscene gestures, taunting other athletes, or displaying any conduct that disrespects the event, fellow competitors, of fi cials, or spectators. • Athletes should demonstrate positive sportsmanship and respect during the entire ceremony and photo session. • 6. Enforcement • ASAA staff are authorized to review attire and conduct prior to and during the awards ceremony. • ASAA will make every reasonable effort to notify the student and/or coach of a violation prior to the awards presentation to provide an opportunity for immediate correction • ASAA may, at its discretion, allow the presentation to proceed in order to maintain the orderly fl ow of the ceremony or to avoid publicly calling attention to a student-athlete. • Schools will be noti fi ed of any violations and may be subject to disciplinary review.A fi ne of $500 per occurrence shall be assessed to the school of any athlete or team found to be in violation of this policy. Each separate violation during a championship event will be considered an independent occurrence. 7. Additional Guidelines Schools are encouraged to coordinate team attire for ceremonies to promote a cohesive and professional presentation. Props, signs, or gestures that detract from the dignity of the awards ceremony are not permitted. Coaches and administrators are responsible for ensuring that student-athletes are informed of and comply with this policy prior to state competition. 6. Championship Policies & Procedures State Championship Policies and Procedures documents for all state championships will be available online at ASAA.org on the speci fi c sport or activity page, under Coaches Information. State Championship Policies and Procedures document will contain information pertinent to each respective championship, including dates, submission deadlines, berths, seeding information, schedule, structure, rules, pass information and much more. These are written collectively to the principal, athletic administrator, and respective coach of each school. If your team quali fi es to a state championship your head coach and athletic director are required to review this document. It is the responsibility of the school and their coaching staff to review all information pertaining to each speci fi c state championship. All state championship events have deadlines to submit team pictures, rosters, team information, good sport nominations, and more. All of these can be submitted online. Speci fi c deadlines are detailed in the speci fi c state championship policies and procedures document, as well as in the forms page of a speci fi c activity. 7. State Championship Participation Fees The Board of Directors has authorized the assessment of a participation fee for all state championships and festivals to be billed to the school. All non-athletic events will be between $10 - $20 per student participant with no maximum. See speci fi c activity policies for amounts. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 94 The fee for athletic teams will be $10 per student participant with a maximum fee of $150 for those teams of 15 or more participants. This applies to Baseball, Basketball, Flag Football, Football, Hockey, Soccer, Softball and Volleyball, The fee for individual athletic events will be $10 per student participant with no maximum. This applies to Basketball Cheer, Cross Country Running, Nordic Ski, Swim & Dive, Tennis, Track & Field and Wrestling. 8. State Championship Scheduling When possible ASAA will adjust schedules to accommodate later times for host and local schools during fi rst round contests. Adjustments will not be made in the bracket, only time scheduling. 9. Late Arrivals To State Championships In state championships involving team competition, all teams should make every effort to arrive at the championship site before the coaches’ meeting. This meeting is usually held on the evening prior to the start of the championship. If a team is unable to meet this time frame because of weather, transportation dif fi culties, or other unusual circumstances, the school must notify ASAA. Prior to the Start of a Championship: If it appears that the team may not be able to arrive to compete in its scheduled fi rst round contest because of weather, natural disaster, transportation breakdowns, etc, that contest will be rescheduled as the last of the the opening round. If the team fails to arrive at the championship site for the fi rst contest, that team will forfeit the contest. If the team fails to arrive at the championship site for the second round contest, the team will forfeit and will be out of the state championship. After the championship event has started and all teams have checked in, and a team is late to a scheduled contest, the game may be delayed for a maximum of ten (10) minutes for arrival and warmups. Unless sport speci fi c rule book details another procedure. After that time period has exhausted, if a team still has not arrived or is not ready to play, it will forfeit the contest. Wrestling: In wrestling, a forfeit due to late arrival at the championship site because of weather or transportation problems shall not eliminate a contestant from further competition in the championship. The athlete will be placed in the consolation bracket. If a team is delayed due to weather or transportation problems and arrives after weigh-ins have occurred, these contestants shall be weighed by themselves upon arrival prior to their fi rst match. 10. State Championship Of fi cials A. It is imperative that ASAA State championship events are of fi ciated by experienced certi fi ed and highly competent individuals. It is also imperative to avoid utilizing any of fi cial with an apparent con fl ict of interest. This could include but not be limited to: employee of school, parent of a competitor, relative of a coach, former player of coach, alumni of school. This could result in an of fi cial being re-assigned to a different game or being substituted with another of fi cial. It is also the intent of ASAA that each Region/ Conference should have the opportunity for representation by an Of fi cial from their respective geographical region at state tournaments. However, when quali fi ed and/or competent of fi cials cannot be obtained from one region or conference, those positions will be fi lled from other regions of the state. B. Certi fi ed Of fi cials: Of fi cials working any state tournament must be certi fi ed by an established cut-off date (one month from the fi rst practice day). Certi fi ed is de fi ned as being “registered in Alaska with ASAA and having passed the required NFHS sport speci fi c exam.” 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 95 C. Of fi cials Nominations: An Of fi cials Nomination Form is available at the ASAA website under the Of fi cials/Of fi cials Form Tab. It is intended to help facilitate nominating by coaches, school representatives and Of fi cial’s Associations. In situations where no nominations are received from a speci fi c Region/ Conference by the deadline, those of fi cial’s positions will be fi lled from other Regions/Conferences. In sports in which more than one Championship occurs (Football, Volleyball, Wrestling, etc.) a nomination at any level quali fi es that Of fi cial to be eligible for any/all levels. D. Of fi cials Nomination Deadlines: Absolute deadline for submitting nominations to ASAA shall be four weeks prior to the start of the State Championship. Of fi cials will be selected and contacted no later than three weeks before the Championship. E. ASAA Selection Process: ASAA reserves the right to review all of fi cial nominations. A ranking system for of fi cials will be put into effect to help in the selection process. F. Budget Considerations: Speci fi c state tournament budgets for travel expenses play a role in determining the number of of fi cials that will be used from geographical areas other than local of fi cials from the site of the tournament. ASAA will provide Travel, Hotel (shared) and Car Rental (shared). ASAA state events may or may not include use of a Hospitality Room. Those Of fi cials that are approved for driving their own personal ground transportation will receive a mileage allowance based on round trip mileage from their local community. 11. Pre-Championship Practices ASAA will make an effort to schedule practice times in the afternoon/evening of the day preceding the championship. Practice location, and length will be the same for all teams. Due to facility usage and schedule limitations ASAA will not be able to provide practice time for every sport/activity. If this is the case, teams will have to arrange their own practice site and time. 12. State Championship Rosters A. ASAA has established maximum roster size limits for state tournament competition. See Article 7 Section 10 or the Activity Speci fi c Policies & Procedures. B. Team Sports All teams must submit their initial state tournament roster through the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) no later than two weeks before the start of the tournament. Teams are allowed to list up to three (3) additional athletes beyond the maximum roster size on the tournament roster as speci fi ed in Bylaw Article 7 Section 10. This roster must include each athlete’s uniform number. While player positions and heights are optional, this information provided will be published in the of fi cial tournament program. During the tournament, for each game, teams must also submit a game roster by the deadline outlined in the applicable game rules. The game roster must not exceed the maximum number of players allowed, as speci fi ed in Article 7 Section 10. Only athletes listed on the of fi cial tournament roster are eligible to be included on a game roster provided the maximum limit is not exceeded. Rosters become of fi cial at the conclusion of the coaches meeting. Unless a programs absense from the coaches meeting has been approved by ASAA no changes to the roster can be made. Penalty: Schools that do not submit their roster by the two-week deadline will receive a warning. If the roster is not submitted within an additional week, the school will be fi ned $250.” 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 96 13. State Championship Passes Each participating school will be issued passes for state championships. A. Coaches: To qualify for a Coach’s pass. the coach must have successfully completed the Alaska Coaches Education Program (Article 10 Section 1), be listed in the School Activities Reporting System and been part of the program all season. The bench/sideline numbers will not increase regardless of the number of passes issued. Coaches must wear or have on their person, their pass while on the bench or sideline. If not, the school will be fi ned $25. B. Participant: Passes for state championships will be based on the submitted roster/state quali fi ers for competition. Participant passes will not exceed the amount of the sport/activity state roster limit. Managers will be considered individual participants. All participants must wear or have on their person, their pass while on the bench or sideline unless in uniform. If not the school will be fi ned $10. C. Administration: One pass will be provided for each qualifying school’s administrator. There is no charge for this pass. The supervising administrator should check in at the event entrance or with an ASAA staff member upon arrival to receive a pass. D. Extra Passes: Schools may acquire extra passes for injured players, statisticians, videographers, or chaperones. Not all passes will allow bench access and the bench/sideline numbers will not increase regardless of extra passes issued. Review the sport speci fi c policies and procedures for the bench size. When having to purchase extra passes ASAA will bill the school ONLY with approval from the administration. E. Adult Medical Passes: Schools medical team members must check in with ASAA staff or ASAA Medical Staff at the state championship site prior to competition to receive a medical pass. All passes are non-transferable and will be con fi scated if used fraudulently. 14. Tickets Ticket prices for each championship and championship session vary according to the type of event. Some events have all day prices while others will have admission by session. Ticket pricing is determined by the expenses incurred for that tournament which include of fi cials’ fees, transportation, housing, awards, facility rental, hospitality expenses, supplies, and tournament staff. Tournament staff may include tournament/meet director, timers, scorekeepers, fl oor or fi eld staff, security and gate workers. Tickets can be purchased at the event or online at ASAA’s ticket purchasing site. State championships are formatted in a variety of ways based on the sport and the facility. When action is non-stop all day, full day prices may be charged, when there is a de fi nite break in the day’s activities, separate sessions prices may occur. 15. Souvenir Programs ASAA State Championship Souvenir Programs will be available to view and download for free at http:// asaa.org or http://asaa365.com . 16. State Clothing Merchandise Sales ASAA has contracted with Northwest Designs to be the ASAA Of fi cial Merchandise Vendor for all state championships events and online. They have exclusive authority to sell state event clothing at the 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 97 championships and online. No other merchandise sales are to be conducted at state events unless approved by ASAA. 17. All-Tournament Team Selection Process An anonymous selection committee will be appointed by ASAA staff and tournament/meet director. Committee members are expected to attend all games and may include members of the media, of fi cials, championship staff, and other knowledgeable attendees. Team selection will be based only on play during the state championship. It is NOT a requirement that every school in the championship have an athlete on the All-Tournament team. Some teams will have more members than others. The All-Tournament team will be announced during the awards ceremony. 18. Performance Of Bands School Pep Bands may attend state championship events when conditions allow. The following will be considered: Adequate space Only one game being played at a time Hinderance to the spectator experience Bands must adhere to the following; Contact ASAA prior to the event for approval and details of the speci fi c event May play before the game begins. May play at halftime after any performances. May play between periods and during time-outs as long as it does not interfere with coaches ability to communicate with players. May play at the end of the contest. May not play during live action. Musical instruments may not be used as noise makers during the contests. For more information on speci fi c events contact the ASAA staff. 19. Halftime Entertainment Many ASAA State Championships have halftimes or large breaks between contests. During those times ASAA likes to arrange for “halftime entertainment” which is above and beyond the school team sideline cheer squads. ASAA uses the following hierarchy to determine what groups/individuals should be scheduled for a halftime. 1. High School groups whose school is involved in the game being played or championship 2. High School groups 3. Jr. High and Elementary School groups 4. Student Groups not af fi liated with a speci fi c school 5. Outside groups that are not contrary to ASAA sanctioned activities or groups For large events halftimes are planned out months in advance of the event. Therefore, high school groups, that are not sideline cheer teams, are not able to necessarily preform at a halftime of their school’s game. ASAA reserves the right to schedule any ASAA promotional/sponsor halftime entertainment during any halftime at an event. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 98 20. Medical Policy A. Chain of Command: ASAA has established a medical “chain of command” for state tournaments. Medical decisions, including the evaluation of student participants for suspected concussions, will be made by the following medically trained individuals in the order listed below, in consultation with on-site ASAA staff. ASAA encourages the State Tournament Medical Provider to consult with other on-site providers when in his or her opinion, it would be bene fi cial to the injured student. 1. State Championship Medical Provider 2. Team Quali fi ed Medical Provider 3. Team Athletic Trainer 4. Tournament Athletic Trainer 5. Tournament EMT B. Suspected Concussion Protocol: Per Alaska state law, AS 14.30.142, as amended, a student who has been removed from participation in a practice or game for suspicion of concussion may not return to play until the student has been evaluated and cleared for participation by an Athletic Trainer OR by a quali fi ed person who veri fi es that he or she is currently trained in the evaluation and management of concussions. As interpreted by ASAA, “Athletic Trainer” means an Alaska Certi fi ed Athletic Trainer. As interpreted by ASAA, “Quali fi ed person” means either: 1. A health care provider licensed in Alaska, or exempt from licensure under Alaska law (AS 08.64.370(1), (2), or (4)), or 2. a person acting at the direction and under the supervision of a physician licensed in Alaska, or exempt from licensure. As interpreted by ASAA, “Trained” means that the provider 1. Has completed the online CDC Concussion Course for Clinicians in the last two years AND 2. At least one of the following; a. completed 2 hours of CE or CME in Sports Concussion Management in the last 2 years b. completed a 1 year Sports Medicine Fellowship c. has a Certi fi cate of Added Quali fi cations in Sports Medicine d. Residency in Neurology or Neurosurgery. The coach of a student who has been removed from play for suspicion of concussion will be noti fi ed by an on-site ASAA staff member that the student will be ineligible for the remainder of that game. The State Tournament Medical Provider or an on-site ASAA staff member will provide a copy of the ASAA Healthcare Provider Release for Student Athlete with Suspected or Actual Concussion form to the student’s parent/guardian and/or coach. This form includes the Return to Play (RTP) protocol that must be followed by a concussed athlete if he or she is to return to competition. 21. Weapons Policy Weapons and items that could be used as weapons, including, but not limited to, any knife, cutting instrument, cutting tool, ice pick, nunchaku, fi rearm, shotgun, ri fl e, bat, club, and any other tool, instrument, or implement capable of in fl icting serious bodily injury, may not be possessed at State Championship Events by persons other than personnel previously authorized by ASAA or by the owner or director of security of the host facility to possess such weapons. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 99 All persons, including, but not limited to, spectators, student-athletes, Coaches, trainers and other Team personnel, Contest of fi cials, and media representatives attending ASAA Championship Events are subject to inspection for weapons. The inspections may be conducted by persons designated to do so by either ASAA or the host facility and may also include inspection of items including, but not limited to, bags, backpacks, belt bags, coats, and purses. Any unauthorized person in possession of an object determined by the inspecting personnel to be a weapon shall be prohibited from attending the State Championship Events or, if already in attendance, shall be required to leave the premises. The person may seek admission or re-admission upon demonstrating that he or she is no longer in possession of the weapon. Any person refusing inspection shall not be permitted entry to the State Championship Event or, if already having entered, shall be required to leave the premises. 22. Spectator Support Items / Arti fi cial Noise Makers ASAA prohibits laser pointers, whistles, and any explosive devices or explosive sounds at ALL of its state championship events. A. OUTDOOR CHAMPIONSHIPS: Thunder-sticks and other arti fi cial noise makers are allowed only when the game/contest is not in play, or deemed not to be a hinderance to the spectator experience by ASAA staff on site. However, if the host school district policies are in con fl ict to this, ASAA will enforce their policies at those school venues. NFHS rules may restrict other items. B. INDOOR CHAMPIONSHIPS: Thunder-sticks and other arti fi cial noise makers are NOT allowed at indoor championships. However, if deemed by ASAA staff during a championship these are not a hinderance to the spectator experience, or against host school district policies, they will be allowed only when the game/contest is not in play. NFHS rules may restrict other items. 23. Event Supervision Each participating school will be requested to identify an administrator or other person approved in advance by the principal who is responsible for the conduct of its coaches, participants and fans throughout the contest, as de fi ned in the ASAA bylaws Article 6, Section 4 and 5. • If you are new to state events, upon arrival at the event, let ASAA staff know you are there • Possibly help hand out awards • Help supervise your participants, coaches and fans • Assist ASAA staff with ejections and other situations that may arise • Assist medical staff with injuries to your participants if needed • Model and promote good sportsmanship throughout the event 24. ASAA Media Credential Policy ASAA appreciates the coverage statewide media provides for Alaska high schools and their students; it is a great bene fi t to schools and the student athletes. ASAA has established a media credential application process. Please visit ASAA.org Media section to download the ASAA Media Handbook. This includes all credential and broadcast applications, and ASAA Media Policies. Media members who do not have an ASAA Media Credential and have not submitted their agreement to ASAA Media Policies will not be permitted to enter into "Media Access areas" at a state event venue due to liability issues. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 100 25. Photography/Videography/Web Streaming Policy A. ASAA has a property interest in its state championship events. As such, ASAA has the exclusive authority to regulate photographic, video recording, and video/web distribution of ASAA state championship events and the distribution of photos, tapes, CDs, DVDs, web streaming and any other method of recording such events as will be presented in the future. B. ASAA at its discretion, may award the exclusive right to photograph, record, and distribute to an independent contractor. ASAA may also limit access to the fl oor, fi eld, deck, track or court to only those contractors who have been granted authority to perform the duties as prescribed in this policy. C. Flash photography at ASAA State Championships is strictly prohibited. Photography is allowed at state championship events in the spectator areas. Outside the spectator areas, an ASAA Media Credential is required. D. Televising or web streaming an ASAA State Championship event is strictly prohibited without the express written consent of an ASAA Associate Director in charge of media. ASAA Web streaming rights have been granted to the NFHS Network. 26. Unmanned Aerial Systems The use of unmanned aerial systems, often referred to as drones, is prohibited for any purpose by any persons at all ASAA State Championships. This policy includes not only the restricted playing area of the venue(s), but also the physical con fi nes of the entire stadium/ fi eld/arena structure. For the purposes of this policy, an unmanned aerial system is any aircraft without a human pilot on board. 27. Vendors Vendors are not allowed at state championships without express written permission from the ASAA Associate Director in charge. Vendors must contact the ASAA Marketing Director to request space at any ASAA event. This must be completed at least four (4) weeks prior to the start of the state championship they want to attend. 28. Drawings / Fundraising No fundraising, drawings, split-the-pot, raf fl es, and other contests are to be conducted at the state championship event other than those conducted for the bene fi t of ASAA or approved by ASAA. ASAA reserves the exclusive authority to regulate split-the-pot and raf fl e activities. Schools and outside groups are not allowed to run split-the-pot or raf fl e activities without express written permission from an ASAA Associate Director. 29. Corporate Sponsors & Partners Meeting obligations to corporate sponsors and partners is essential. Administration of the championship event will be in compliance with ASAA contractual agreements with corporate/sponsor partners. Consideration should be given to representatives of corporate/sponsors partners in regard to amenities and recognition of support. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 101 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 102 ALL-STATE ART ALL CLASSIFICATIONS A. SEASON 2026-2027 SEASON Prior to March 22, 2027 - Complete Intent to Participate Form online March 31, 2027 - Deadline to enter student in School Activities Reporting System (SARS) April 16, 2027 - Artwork displayed on website. B. ELIGIBILITY Open to all Alaskan students currently enrolled in grades 9-12 and working directly under teacher supervision. Work must have been produced between August 2026 and March 2027. Graduates of 2026 may not enter. Participants must meet ASAA eligibility requirements. A Physical Examination, Concussion Information Form and Sudden Cardiac Arrest Form are not required. Participants names must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS). C. ENTRIES The number of entries submitted is limited to fi ve (5) per teacher or fi fteen (15) per school whichever is greater, with no more than fi ve (5) in any one category. The only exception to this limit is if the art teacher is an art instructor at more than one school. In this case, the teacher may send a maximum of fi ve (5) entries for each school. Entries will be juried by selected jurors. All entries will be displayed on the ASAA Art Website. Participation Fee: $10 per participant (each school will be invoiced after the competition) D. CATEGORIES • Ceramics • Communications Arts/Graphics Design • Drawing • Jewelry/Metal Smithing • Mixed Media • Multicultural Art • Painting • Printmaking • Photography • Sculpture E. SUBMITTING ART ENTRIES Visit the Art Activities page at asaa.org for speci fi c information on submitting entries and deadlines for the online competition. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 103 F. AWA R D S a. All students that submit entries will receive Participation Certi fi cates. b. Individual medallions for the three (3) highest placing pieces receiving a score of 15 or higher in each category c. Honorable Mention awards as the juror(s) see fi t. d. Best of Show Plaque 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 104 BADMINTON ALL CLASSIFICATIONS Participation in girls’ events shall be limited to individuals who were assigned female at birth. To align with ASAA bylaws regarding double division sports, students assigned female at birth are prohibited from competing in both Singles and Girls Singles events during the same school year. In Mixed Doubles, where one teammate must be a female assigned female at birth, a player cannot fi ll both an open spot in Mixed Doubles and a spot reserved for females assigned female at birth during the same season.” A. SEASON 2026-2027 SEASON March 3, 2027 - First Practice March 20, 2026 - First Contest *Participants must be entered in the School Activities Reporting System (SARS) prior to First Contest (Article 12 Section 10). May 8, 2027 - Last Contest (Regular Season or Conference Championship) B.MINIMUM DAYS PRACTICE Each participant must have a minimum of 10 different days of physical practice before the fi rst day of competition. (Article 7, Section 7) C. INDIVIDUAL NON-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION ASAA has no limitations on students participating on non-school badminton teams while they are members of a school badminton team. D. RULES 1. Badminton World Federation Simpli fi ed Rules 2. A player may compete in fi ve (5) divisions: Singles Girls Singles* Doubles Girls Doubles* Mix Doubles** *Participation shall be limited to females who were assigned female at birth **One player must be a female assigned female at birth E. CONFERENCES Badminton teams are not categorized into conferences. F. MAXIMUM MEETS ASAA does not place a limit on the number of badminton meets that an athlete or team may compete in during a season. G. STATE CHAMPIONSHIP Currently there is no state championship for badminton as it does not meet the criteria. 2026-27 ASAA Handbook Page 105 BASEBALL ALL CLASSIFICATIONS A. SEASON